UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
| | |
o | | REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR
| | |
þ | | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
OR
| | |
o | | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from ___to ___
OR
| | |
o | | SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Date of event requiring this shell company report ______
Commission File Number:000-50556
VIATEL HOLDING (BERMUDA) LIMITED
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Not applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s Name Into English)
Bermuda
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
Inbucon House
Wick Road
Egham, Surrey TW20 0HR
United Kingdom
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, Par Value US$ 0.01 Per Share
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
As of December 31, 2006, 10,630,000 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.o Yesþ No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.o Yesþ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Company was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.þ Yeso No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.
Large Accelerated Filero Accelerated Filero Non-Accelerated Filerþ
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.o Item 17þ Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).o Yesþ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.o Yesþ No
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Presentation of Financial Information
The Company’s financial statements included in this Form 20-F are presented in United States Dollars. In this Form 20-F, references to “United States Dollars”, “U.S. Dollars”, “US$” or “$” are to the currency of the United States of America, references to “Pounds Sterling”, “Pounds”, “GBP”, “£”, “pence” or “p” are to the currency of the United Kingdom, references to “Swiss Francs” or “CHF” are to the currency of Switzerland, references to “Euros” or “€” are to the European single currency, and references to “Bermuda Dollars” are references to the currency of Bermuda.
2
The Company prepares its financial statements using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
Predecessor and Successor
References in this Form 20-F to the “Group”, “Viatel”, the “Successor Company”, the “Successor”, the “Company”, “we”, “our” or “us” refer to Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and, to the extent the context allows, its subsidiaries.
References in this Form 20-F to the “Predecessor Company” or the “Predecessor” refer to Viatel, Inc. and, to the extent the context allows, its subsidiaries as at or prior to June 7, 2002 (the “Effective Date”), the effective date of the First Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Viatel, Inc. and Certain of Its Subsidiaries (the “Plan of Reorganization”).
Comparability of Financial Information
As a result of the implementation of the Plan of Reorganization, the associated fundamental differences in the scope and scale of business operations between the Predecessor Company and the Successor Company, the adoption of fresh start reporting and the substantial debt reduction resulting from implementation of the Plan of Reorganization, historical results of operations and balance sheet data for the Predecessor Company are not comparable to those of the Successor Company. See “Item 3. Key Information – Selected Financial Data” and “Item 5. – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – General – Fresh-Start Reporting”.
Forward-Looking Statements
The United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “U.S. SEC”) encourages companies to disclose forward-looking information so that investors can understand a company’s future prospects and make informed investment decisions.
This Form 20-F contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements in this Form 20-F include, among other things, statements about:
• | | the beliefs and expectations of management; |
|
• | | our business plan, its advantages and our strategy for implementing the business plan; |
|
• | | our expectations as to future revenues, margins, expenses and capital requirements; |
|
• | | our ability to raise additional cash from borrowings or other financings to fund operations; |
|
• | | our ability to maintain a viable cash and balance sheet position or to become cash flow positive in our operations with additional funding; |
|
• | | our ability to control costs and become profitable; |
|
• | | our ability to generate revenues or positive cash flows; and |
3
• | | the composition of revenues and cost of sales, including operating margins and the use of professional, consultancy and/or contractor services provided by third parties. |
Words such as “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “project”, “intend”, “plan”, “believe”, “could”, “may” and words and terms of similar substance used in connection with any discussion of operating or financial performance, transactions or business initiatives, identify forward-looking statements.
Although the Company believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that its expectations will prove to be correct. Forward-looking statements are based on the Company’s present expectations of future events. They are not guarantees of future performance. As such, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. The Company is under no obligation, and expressly disclaims any obligation, to update or alter any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Forward-looking statements are subject, among other things, to the risks and uncertainties set out in “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors” and other financial, regulatory, and industry growth trends, any or all of which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated and/or implied by the forward-looking statements.
The most important factors affecting whether we will be able to achieve our stated goals include, but are not limited to:
• | | our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms and sufficiently to fund our working capital requirements and business plan; |
|
• | | our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions; |
|
• | | the adverse effect of a highly competitive market for our products and services; and |
|
• | | our ability to retain the services of key management personnel. |
For additional information about factors that could affect future financial and operating results, see Viatel’s other filings with the U.S. SEC, including the factors set forth from time to time in reports on Form 20-F and Form 6-K. Copies of these and other Company filings are available on our website atwww.viatel.com. Alternatively, you can access our U.S. SEC filings online at www.sec.gov.
PART I
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
4
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
Selected Financial Data
The following tables present our selected historical consolidated financial data (including selected historical financial data for the Predecessor for the period prior to the Effective Date). You should read the following financial data in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”, our consolidated financial statements, including the related footnotes, and the other financial and operating data included elsewhere in this Form 20-F. The selected historical consolidated financial data included in the following tables are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Successor Company and the Predecessor Company for the relevant periods. The audited financial statements at December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and for the periods from January 1, 2002 to June 7, 2002 and from June 7, 2002 to December 31, 2002 were audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006, the related notes, and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, which contains an explanatory paragraph stating that the Company’s recurring net losses and its difficulty in generating sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations and sustain its operations raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, included in this Form 20-F. The consolidated financial statements and the selected financial data do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.
The Successor succeeded to certain business operations and assets of the Predecessor Company as a consequence of the Plan of Reorganization. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Chapter 11 Reorganization” and “– Emergence from Chapter 11”.
We adopted “fresh-start reporting” in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7 (“SOP 90-7”), “Financial Reporting By Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code.” Under fresh-start reporting, a new entity is deemed created for financial reporting purposes on the Effective Date and the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on that basis. As a result of the implementation of the Plan of Reorganization, the associated fundamental differences in the scope and scale of business operations between the Predecessor Company and the Successor Company, the adoption of fresh-start reporting and the substantial debt reduction resulting from implementation of the Plan of Reorganization, historical results of operations and balance sheet data for the Predecessor Company are not comparable to those of the Successor Company presented in its financial statements contained in this Form 20-F.
The consolidated financial statements in this Form 20-F are reported in United States Dollars (thousands of).
Discontinued operations relate to Cybernet Schweiz AG (“Cybernet”), which the Company agreed to sell by way of a conditional share purchase agreement signed on October 20, 2005. After satisfaction of the relevant conditions, the sale was completed on March 21, 2006. Further disclosure is made in footnote 9 of the consolidated financial statements. For further information regarding the sale of Cybernet, see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Emergence from Chapter 11 – Evolution of operations of Viatel since June 7, 2002.
5
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Successor | | Successor | | Successor | | Successor | | Successor | | | Predecessor |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | From | | | From |
| | Year | | Year | | Year | | | | | | June 7, | | | January 1, |
| | Ended | | Ended | | Ended | | Year Ended | | 2002 to | | | 2002 to |
| | December | | December | | December | | December | | December | | | June 7, |
| | 31, 2006 | | 31, 2005 | | 31, 2004 | | 31, 2003 | | 31, 2002 | | | 2002 |
| | | |
Revenue: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Communication services revenues | | | 31,621 | | | | 18,595 | | | | 12,147 | | | | 8,510 | | | | 2,793 | | | | | 1,216 | |
Operations and maintenance fee revenue | | | 1,846 | | | | 1,964 | | | | 1,828 | | | | 1,707 | | | | 1,371 | | | | | 1,451 | |
| | | |
Total revenue | | | 33,467 | | | | 20,559 | | | | 13,975 | | | | 10,217 | | | | 4,164 | | | | | 2,667 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Operating expenses: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cost of services sold | | | (17,037 | ) | | | (12,691 | ) | | | (7,247 | ) | | | (4,953 | ) | | | (1,506 | ) | | | | (1,518 | ) |
Selling, general and administrative | | | (49,017 | ) | | | (56,346 | ) | | | (65,244 | ) | | | (47,660 | ) | | | (30,840 | ) | | | | (26,502 | ) |
Gain on amounts due from bankruptcy estates | | | 4,216 | | | | — | | | | 3,105 | | | | 358 | | | | 25,003 | | | | | — | |
Impairment | | | — | | | | (242 | ) | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | | (908 | ) |
Depreciation and amortization | | | (8,070 | ) | | | (6,538 | ) | | | (7,036 | ) | | | (4,464 | ) | | | (2,458 | ) | | | | (1,736 | ) |
| | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total operating expenses (net) | | | (69,908 | ) | | | (75,817 | ) | | | (76,422 | ) | | | (56,719 | ) | | | (9,801 | ) | | | | (30,664 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other operating income | | | 93 | | | | 362 | | | | 17,780 | | | | — | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | |
Operating loss before reorganization items | | | (36,348 | ) | | | (54,896 | ) | | | (44,667 | ) | | | (46,502 | ) | | | (5,637 | ) | | | | (27,997 | ) |
Reorganization items | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | | 2,662,669 | |
| | | |
Operating (loss) / income | | | (36,348 | ) | | | (54,896 | ) | | | (44,667 | ) | | | (46,502 | ) | | | (5,637 | ) | | | | 2,634,672 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other income / (expense): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest and other income | | | 430 | | | | 260 | | | | 774 | | | | 1,555 | | | | 986 | | | | | 1,007 | |
Interest expense | | | (13,118 | ) | | | (8,199 | ) | | | (4,395 | ) | | | — | | | | (11 | ) | | | | (63 | ) |
| | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net (loss) / income before taxation | | | (49,036 | ) | | | (62,835 | ) | | | (48,288 | ) | | | (44,947 | ) | | | (4,662 | ) | | | | 2,635,616 | |
Taxation | | | (510 | ) | | | (666 | ) | | | 241 | | | | 229 | | | | — | | | | | — | |
Net (loss) / income from continuing operations | | | (49,546 | ) | | | (63,501 | ) | | | (48,047 | ) | | | (44,718 | ) | | | (4,662 | ) | | | | 2,635,616 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Discontinued operations: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Income from discontinued operations (including profit of $10,622 in 2006 on disposal of Cybernet) | | | 10,698 | | | | 129 | | | | 869 | | | | (2,647 | ) | | | — | | | | | — | |
Taxation | | | (11 | ) | | | (6 | ) | | | (1 | ) | | | (12 | ) | | | — | | | | | — | |
Net income / (loss) from discontinued operations | | | 10,687 | | | | 123 | | | | 868 | | | | (2,659 | ) | | | — | | | | | — | |
6
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Successor | | Successor | | Successor | | Successor | | Successor | | | Predecessor |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | From | | | From |
| | Year | | Year | | Year | | | | | | June 7, | | | January 1, |
| | Ended | | Ended | | Ended | | Year Ended | | 2002 to | | | 2002 to |
| | December | | December | | December | | December | | December | | | June 7, |
| | 31, 2006 | | 31, 2005 | | 31, 2004 | | 31, 2003 | | 31, 2002 | | | 2002 |
| | | |
Net (loss) / income attributable to common stockholders | | | (38,859 | ) | | | (63,378 | ) | | | (47,179 | ) | | | (47,377 | ) | | | (4,662 | ) | | | | 2,635,616 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net (loss) / income per common share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted — continuing operations | | | (4.66 | ) | | | (5.97 | ) | | | (4.50 | ) | | | (4.18 | ) | | | (0.44 | ) | | | | 51.72 | |
Net income per common share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted — discontinued operations | | | 1.01 | | | | 0.01 | | | | 0.08 | | | | (0.25 | ) | | | — | | | | | — | |
| | | |
Total | | | (3.65 | ) | | | (5.96 | ) | | | (4.42 | ) | | | (4.43 | ) | | | (0.44 | ) | | | | 51.72 | |
| | | |
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted | | | 10,630 | | | | 10,630 | | | | 10,680 | | | | 10,705 | | | | 10,560 | | | | | 50,963 | |
| | | |
Other consolidated financial data: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash used in operating activities | | | (7,937 | ) | | | (32,602 | ) | | | (48,338 | ) | | | (25,116 | ) | | | (13,765 | ) | | | | (7,856 | ) |
Net cash from / (used in) investing activities | | | 6,436 | | | | (4,717 | ) | | | (4,333 | ) | | | (2,952 | ) | | | (1,667 | ) | | | | (6,670 | ) |
Net cash provided by financing activities | | | 16,818 | | | | 19,513 | | | | 44,158 | | | | 2 | | | | — | | | | | — | |
| | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Successor Company at |
| | December 31, |
| | 2006 | | 2005 | | 2004 | | 2003 | | 2002 |
| | |
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | | 17,679 | | | | — | | | | 21,939 | | | | 29,510 | | | | 53,408 | |
Other current assets | | | 19,541 | | | | 12,780 | | | | 25,936 | | | | 19,924 | | | | 22,766 | |
Property and equipment, net | | | 41,605 | | | | 30,522 | | | | 37,559 | | | | 39,450 | | | | 37,947 | |
Intangible assets, net | | | — | | | | — | | | | 210 | | | | 1,056 | | | | — | |
Other assets | | | 6,784 | | | | 7,583 | | | | 7,630 | | | | 97 | | | | 6,930 | |
| | |
Total assets – continuing operations | | | 85,609 | | | | 50,885 | | | | 93,274 | | | | 90,037 | | | | 121,051 | |
7
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Successor Company at |
| | December 31, |
| | 2006 | | 2005 | | 2004 | | 2003 | | 2002 |
| | |
Total assets — held for sale | | | — | | | | 5,524 | | | | 6,406 | | | | 4,845 | | | | — | |
Total assets | | | 85,609 | | | | 56,409 | | | | 99,680 | | | | 94,882 | | | | 121,051 | |
Total current liabilities | | | 45,092 | | | | 28,695 | | | | 21,596 | | | | 29,602 | | | | 12,691 | |
Total long-term liabilities | | | 116,639 | | | | 58,074 | | | | 36,617 | | | | 304 | | | | 10,676 | |
| | |
Total liabilities — continuing operations | | | 161,731 | | | | 86,769 | | | | 58,213 | | | | 29,906 | | | | 23,367 | |
Total liabilities — held for sale | | | — | | | | 5,572 | | | | 6,075 | | | | 3,513 | | | | — | |
| | |
Total liabilities | | | 161,731 | | | | 92,341 | | | | 64,288 | | | | 33,419 | | | | 23,367 | |
Net (liabilities) / assets | | | (76,122 | ) | | | (35,932 | ) | | | 35,392 | | | | 61,463 | | | | 97,684 | |
Capital stock | | | 106 | | | | 106 | | | | 106 | | | | 107 | | | | 106 | |
Stockholders’ (deficiency) / equity | | | (76,122 | ) | | | (35,932 | ) | | | 35,392 | | | | 61,463 | | | | 97,684 | |
Exchange Rates
This Form 20-F contains conversion of certain Euro, Pounds Sterling and Swiss Franc amounts into amounts in United States Dollars. Such conversion is offered for convenience and information purposes only; no representation is made that the relevant Euro, Pounds Sterling or Swiss Franc amounts actually represent such amounts in United States Dollars. Subject as mentioned below, the conversion rates applied for this purpose are, by reference to the currency exchange website, www.oanda.com, as at December 31, 2006, €1:US$1.32, £1:US$1.96 and CHF1:US$ 0.82 and, as at December 31, 2005, €1:US$1.18, £1:US$1.72 and CHF1:US$0.76. Such conversion rates have not been applied to cash receipts and payments which are translated as at the date of the relevant transaction.
Capitalization and indebtedness
Not applicable.
Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds
Not applicable.
Risk Factors
In addition to the other information contained in this Form 20-F, you should carefully consider the following risk factors. If any of the possible events described below occurs, our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
We will not be able to fund our operations without a refinancing of our existing debt facilities and/or further financing, which may not be available on attractive terms or at all.
8
On April 21, 2004, the Company completed debt financing (the “April 2004 Financing”) with a group of eight investors (the “Investors”) under which the Company received an amount of US$52.3 million by way of the sale and issuance of 8% convertible senior secured notes due 2014 (the “2004 Notes”). The completion of the April 2004 Financing and related materials were filed as exhibits to the Form 6-K of the Company dated April 28, 2004 (the “April 28 6-K”). Such exhibits to the April 28 6-K are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
On July 1, 2005 the Company completed further debt financing (the “July 2005 Financing”) in the amount of US$16.0 million with two of the Investors, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“Morgan Stanley”) and Värde Partners, Inc. (“Värde”) by way of the purchase by Morgan Stanley and Värde of, respectively, US$12.9 million and US$3.1 million principal amount of 12% increasing rate senior secured notes due July 2007 (the “July 2005 Senior Notes”). The form of the July 2005 Senior Notes and related materials were filed as exhibits to the Form 20-F annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (the “2004 20-F”) and filed by the Company on June 30, 2005. Such exhibits to the 2004 20F are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
On March 14, 2006, the Company completed a third round of debt financing (the “March 2006 Financing”) in the amount of US$8.8 million with three of the Investors, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill Institutional Partners, Inc. (“Stonehill”) by way of the purchase by Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill of, respectively, US$6.9 million, US$1.7 million and US$0.2 million principal amount of 12.5% increasing rate senior secured notes due July 2007 (the “March 2006 Senior Notes”). The form of the March 2006 Senior Notes and related materials were filed as exhibits to the Form 20-F annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (the “2005 20-F”) and filed by the Company on June 30, 2006. Such exhibits to the 2005 20-F are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
On December 21, 2006, the Company completed a fourth round of debt financing (the “December 2006 Financing”) in the amount of US$13.0 million with three of the Investors, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill by way of the purchase by Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill of, respectively, US$10.3 million, US$2.5 million and US$0.2 million principal amount of 12.75% increasing rate senior secured notes due July 2007 (the “December 2006 Senior Notes”). The form of the December 2006 Senior Notes and related materials, are filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F.
On April 3, 2007, the Company completed a fifth round of debt financing (the “April 2007 Financing”) in the amount of US$13.0 million with three of the Investors, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill by way of the purchase by Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill of, respectively, US$10.3 million, US$2.5 million and US$0.2 million principal amount of 12.75% increasing rate senior secured notes due July 2007 (the “April 2007 Senior Notes”). The form of the April 2007 Senior Notes and related materials, are filed as exhibits to thisForm 20-F.
As at June 27, 2007, the Company entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) relating to each of the July 2005 Senior Notes, the March 2006 Senior Notes, the December 2006 Senior Notes and the April 2007 Senior Notes (together the “Senior Increasing Rate Notes”) by which it was agreed that the maturity date of each of the Senior Increasing Rate Notes be extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008. In consideration for such extension of the maturity date, it was further agreed that the interest rate applicable as at July 1, 2007 on each of the Senior Increasing Rate Notes be increased by 1% per annum with effect from July 1, 2007.
As of June 21, 2007, we had approximately US$7.1 million of unrestricted cash available to fund future operations. On the basis of current cash flow expectations, we will require additional
9
financing in order to fund our operations and the continued implementation of our business plan (the “Viatel Business Plan” – see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Viatel Business Plan”). We anticipate that such financing will be provided through a combination of the issuance of additional senior secured debt to one or more of the Investors by way of further interim financing and, ultimately, a refinancing of our existing debt facilities (the “Refinancing”), together with potential further investments in the Company’s business from third parties outside the existing group of Investors.
It is possible that the Refinancing may include an early conversion of the 2004 Notes – in September 2006 our Board of Directors (the “Board”) established a financing committee for the purpose of considering a potential early conversion by the Investors of the 2004 Notes (the “Financing Committee”); no proposal with respect to any such early conversion has however yet been made by or on behalf of the Investors.
It is intended that the proceeds of any third party investment as described above would be used primarily to fund ongoing costs related to the network and/or further development of the Company’s wholesale business. While discussions are ongoing, no assurance can, however, be given that any investment related transaction will be completed.
If it were not possible to conclude the anticipated further interim debt financing and subsequent Refinancing, and/or any additional or alternate financing or investment, we might have to sell our assets under circumstances that might not yield the highest prices, or default on debt obligations which would permit the holders of our Senior Increasing Rate Notes and/or the 2004 Notes to accelerate their maturity dates and/or enforce their security over the Company. Refinancing on unattractive terms could lead to higher interest rates and a greater use of cash flows and reserves to service the refinancing debt. Ultimately, our inability to raise suitable further financing, if required, would likely result in the Company becoming insolvent. For further details of the April 2004 Financing, the July 2005 Financing, the March 2006 Financing, the December 2006 Financing and the April 2007 Financing (together the “Debt Financings”) see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Description of Certain Indebtedness”.
Our substantial level of debt may adversely affect our operations and financial conditions.
As at December 31, 2006, our total indebtedness under the Debt Financings was US$90.1 million of principal plus US$12.5 million of additional notes issued in satisfaction of certain related accrued interest.
Under the terms of both the July 2005 Senior Notes and the March 2006 Senior Notes, the applicable interest was to be paid by way of cash, with the first interest payment being due on July 1, 2006. With effect from July 1, 2006 through to January 14, 2007, the relevant Investors formally waived the event of default that would have arisen from any failure of the Company to make the applicable cash interest payments under each of the July 2005 Senior Notes and the March 2006 Senior Notes. In connection with the December 2006 Financing, the relevant Investors granted a further waiver allowing the Company to satisfy future interest payments due with respect to the July 2005 Senior Notes and the March 2006 Senior Notes by way of the issuance of additional July 2005 Senior Notes and March 2006 Senior Notes respectively. With respect to the December 2006 Senior Notes and the April 2007 Senior Notes, interest is permitted to be paid by way of additional December 2006 Senior Notes and April 2007 Senior Notes respectively.
10
As noted, under the terms of the Amendment it has been agreed that the interest rate applicable to each of the Senior Increasing Rate Notes be increased by 1% per annum with effect from July 1, 2007.
Our level of indebtedness could affect us in materially adverse ways, such as:
| • | | limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for our capital expenditures, acquisitions, working capital or other general requirements; |
|
| • | | limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business, the competitive environment and the telecommunications industry; |
|
| • | | placing us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors with less debt; |
|
| • | | making us more vulnerable to economic downturns, which could weaken our ability to compete effectively and could reduce our flexibility in responding to changing economic conditions; |
|
| • | | limiting our ability to take advantage of new business opportunities; and |
|
| • | | restricting our ability to invest further funds in order to finance our ongoing operations and business plan. |
Our debt covenants limit our financing and other activities.
Our senior secured notes contain, and the terms of future indebtedness may also contain, restrictive covenants that significantly limit or prohibit our ability to, among other things:
| • | | incur additional indebtedness; |
|
| • | | make prepayments of certain indebtedness; |
|
| • | | pay dividends; |
|
| • | | make investments; |
|
| • | | engage in transactions with stockholders and affiliates; |
|
| • | | issue capital stock; |
|
| • | | create liens; |
|
| • | | sell assets; |
|
| • | | engage in mergers and consolidations; |
|
| • | | change the Chief Executive Officer; and |
|
| • | | increase the size of the Board. |
11
If we fail to comply with the restrictive covenants in these notes our obligations to repay such notes may be accelerated, in which event we would likely become insolvent. In addition, these covenants and related provisions of the Company’s bye-laws (the “Bye-Laws”) may make it impossible for us to obtain any further financing without the approval of a majority in interest of the Investors.
The Investors are holders of the Special Share which provides the Investors with approval rights over material actions by the Company.
With respect to the taking of any material actions that will require the approval of the Investors, to the extent that any such actions may, under Bermuda law, require the approval of the shareholders of the Company (the “Shareholders”) in general meeting, one common share of the Company designated a special share (the “Special Share”) has been granted weighted voting rights (nine votes for every one vote cast by other Shareholders) to ensure it can carry any relevant vote; to the extent, therefore, that a vote of the Shareholders is required by Bermuda law, such actions are able to be taken with the consent alone of the holder of the Special Share. See “Item 10. Additional Information”. Since the Special Share is held by a trustee on behalf of the Investors, such approval rights may make it impossible for us to obtain any further financing and/or engage in any material corporate actions without the approval of a majority in interest of the Investors.
We have a history of operating losses and expect these losses to continue.
We have incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since the Effective Date. The Predecessor also incurred significant losses prior to its filing for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 (“Chapter 11”) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). We expect to continue to incur significant operating losses and negative cash flows while we implement our business plans. No assurance can be given that our operations will ever become profitable or that we will ever have positive cash flows. If we cannot raise alternative capital, grow revenues (whether organically and/or by way of acquisition), sustain profitability and begin to generate positive cash flows, we will probably not be able to meet our ongoing operating costs. If this happens, then we would likely become insolvent.
Our future operating results may be subject to significant fluctuation.
Our future operating results may be subject to significant fluctuation as a result of any of a number of factors, including:
| • | | our ability to raise additional financing; |
|
| • | | our ability to service and discharge our existing debt obligations; |
|
| • | | general economic conditions; |
|
| • | | the conditions of the European telecommunications industry in general; |
|
| • | | further price decreases in the European telecommunications industry; |
12
| • | | our ability to introduce and support new products and services; |
|
| • | | our ability to extend our operations into new business markets and territories; |
|
| • | | our ability to attract and retain customers; |
|
| • | | changes in the mix of services sold or channels through which services are sold; |
|
| • | | capital expenditure requirements and costs relating to our network and our businesses; |
|
| • | | the outcome of legal proceedings; and |
|
| • | | the effects of government regulation and regulatory changes. |
Fluctuations in our future operating results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain or find qualified replacements for members of our senior management team and other key personnel.
Our operations and business prospects will depend, in large part, on the performance of our senior management team and other key personnel. There can be no assurance that we will be able to retain our senior management team or other key personnel or find qualified replacements for any of these individuals if their services were no longer available. The loss of one or more members of our senior management team or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet certain obligations.
The majority of our operating revenues are denominated in Pounds Sterling, while the majority of our operating expenses are denominated in both Pounds Sterling and Euros. Any appreciation in the Euro relative to the Pound Sterling could have a material adverse effect on our business margins and our ability to meet ongoing operational expenses. Our debt financing may also expose us to exchange rate fluctuations because payment of principal and interest will be made and/or calculated in U.S. Dollars while part of our future cash flows used to service these payments will be denominated in other currencies. In the past, we have sought to manage currency exchange rate exposure through the use of hedging transactions and natural hedging strategies through our treasury planning function, and it is anticipated that we will continue to do so when necessary. We cannot, however, provide any assurance that exchange rate fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet ongoing operational expenses and/or to service our debt payments and obligations.
We are subject to risks associated with operating in multiple countries.
We operate in several jurisdictions across Western Europe, each of which is subject to special risks, including foreign currency fluctuations, government regulation, taxation and labor strikes.
13
These, and other risks outside our control, may limit or disrupt our operations in some or all of these jurisdictions, which could result in our loss of contract rights, increased taxation or our inability to continue operations in such jurisdiction(s).
We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into sales contracts sufficient to meet our working capital requirements.
Our ability to achieve our future business objectives will depend, in significant part, upon our ability to enter into new contracts. In recent years, the market for telecommunications services and capacity has experienced a significant slow-down and significant price declines. If these market conditions were to sustain or worsen, we may not be able to meet our sales projections for 2007 or beyond. Furthermore, even if our sales projections are realized, additional declines in market demand for our products and services may result in further price decreases which would limit our operating profitability and ability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our working capital needs. Our failure to sell retail services or capacity and other services on our network in sufficient quantities and at sufficient prices could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our revenue is concentrated in a limited number of customers.
A significant portion of our revenue is received from a limited number of customers. For the year ended December 31, 2006 33% of our revenue came from ten customers. If we lose one or more of our major customers, or if one or more of our major customers significantly decreases use of our services, it may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our future operating results may depend on the success of these customers and our other large customers, and our success in selling services to them. If we were to lose a significant portion of the revenue from any of our major customers, we cannot assure you that we would be able to replace that revenue in the short term, if at all.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain or expand our existing customer base.
Our future success will depend, in large part, on our ability to retain a significant portion of our existing customer base and expand our business relationships with such customers. We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve these objectives. Our failure to retain a significant portion of our existing customer base and/or to grow our existing customer base could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not have the ability to support and develop new services and product lines.
The development and success of our services and product lines is critical to our ability ultimately to generate sufficient net positive cash flow to finance our operations for the foreseeable future, absent a significant improvement in market conditions surrounding the sale of our existing products and services. Our ability, successfully, to develop and market new services and products will depend upon, among other things, our ability to:
| • | | generate customer acceptance of such new services and product offerings; |
14
| • | | integrate necessary equipment and software into our network; |
|
| • | | enhance our billing, back-office and information systems required to accommodate these new services and products; |
|
| • | | identify and sell other services and products for which we believe there is a significant potential demand; and |
|
| • | | support, through back office resource, the growing number of customers that we gain. |
Our failure to develop, market and sell successfully these new services and products to existing and new customers, in particular with respect to the provision of Voice over IP (“VoIP”), which is a recent addition to the telecommunications market and therefore potentially subject to consumer inertia in favour of more traditional voice telephony services, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not be able to generate sufficient wholesale revenues to meet ongoing network operating costs.
We operate a high-capacity fiber optic network connecting 19 cities in 6 European countries (the “European Network”). At present, the European Network does not generate sufficient revenues from the sale of wholesale services to meet current operating costs. We are continually investigating opportunities to realise value from the European Network whether through organic sales growth, or cost minimisation and/or corporate transactions, including the transaction completed on June 21, 2006, by which the Company effectively transferred certain of its network assets to Global Voice Group Limited (“Global Voice”), in consideration for, amongst other things, a cash payment of €18.5 million (approximately US$23.7 million), the transfer by Global Voice to the Company of certain metropolitan network infrastructure and a commitment (effective as from June 21, 2007) to contribute to the European Network’s operating costs (the “Global Voice Transaction”) (see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Global Voice Transaction”). Following conclusion of the Global Voice Transaction, a new wholesale strategy has been developed both to exploit the market opportunity we believe is now available through the acquisition of Global Voice metropolitan network assets and to offer competitive market pricing for our wholesale product portfolio ( see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Sales and Marketing”). No assurance can however be given that implementation of this new wholesale strategy will result in additional revenues or profits. The Company’s cost liability associated with the European Network is also expected to be reduced by Global Voice’s contribution to the operating costs. Although the Company has no reason to believe that Global Voice will not comply with its commitment in this respect, any non-payment by Global Voice of its contribution to the operating costs could significantly impact the ability of the Company to continue to support payment of the operating costs and, based on current financial forecasts, could make the ongoing operations of the European Network uneconomical. For further information regarding the European Network see “Item 4. Information on the Company – European Network”.
System disruptions or failures could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our network and other operational systems are subject to several risks that are outside our control, such as the risk of damage to software and hardware resulting from:
15
| • | | fire and flood; |
|
| • | | power loss; |
|
| • | | natural disasters; and |
|
| • | | general transmission failures caused by a number of additional factors. |
Any failure of our network or other operational systems or hardware that results in significant interruptions to our operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure of key suppliers could affect our ability to operate our business.
We are reliant on a consistent and effective supply chain to meet our business plan commitments and to continue to maintain our network. The economic scenario that both telecommunications service providers and equipment suppliers presently face has led to a heightened risk of:
| • | | delays in new products and features from suppliers, impacting our product development programs; |
|
| • | | discontinuance of products or services, impacting our ability to deliver our products and services; |
|
| • | | deteriorating support quality, affecting operational and customer service; and |
|
| • | | higher volatility with regard to our demands on suppliers, and in stock levels affected by customer returned equipment. |
In January 2007, we contracted with Huawei Technologies (UK) Limited (‘‘Huawei UK’’) for the supply and installation on the European Network of dense wave division multiplex (‘‘DWDM’’) equipment. Although we do not rely on any one supplier for a significant portion of our equipment needs and believe that we could find other suppliers of similar pricing and quality to replace existing suppliers, our DWDM equipment investment was material and no assurance can be made that a broad economic failure or decline in quality of equipment suppliers in our industry will not occur or that Huawei UK will be able to continue to service the DWDM equipment throughout its useful life. Such occurrence could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business strategy may include potential business combinations, strategic investments and acquisitions.
As part of our business strategy, we regularly review corporate transactions which may involve acquisitions of and/or investment in third parties and/or third party investment in our own business operations. The entry into any such corporate transactions would typically involve a number of risks, including:
| • | | the potential disruption to our ongoing business and the distraction of our management; |
|
| • | | the difficulty of integrating previously separate operations and personnel; |
|
| • | | the difficulty of incorporating acquired technology and rights into our products and |
16
| | | services; |
|
| • | | unanticipated expenses related to acquired technologies and their integration into existing technologies; |
|
| • | | potential unknown liabilities associated with acquired businesses; and |
|
| • | | higher than planned funding requirements to preserve and grow the value of acquired companies. |
Electronic attack from hackers or computer viruses could disrupt our business.
Our network and other operational systems rely heavily on the operation and efficiency of our computer systems. Although our systems are protected by firewalls, there is a risk that our business could be disrupted by hackers or viruses gaining access to our systems. Our exposure to liabilities from our customers, particularly with respect to our provision of Internet service, where case law is developing quickly, is generally risk-managed through contract conditions. No assurance can be made that these contract conditions will be enforced or found to be enforceable or that such contract conditions, if capable of enforcement, would be sufficient to protect the Company from any liabilities arising in such circumstances. Any such liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Rapid technological changes.
The telecommunications industry is subject to rapid and significant changes in technology. The introduction of new products or technologies may reduce the cost or increase the supply of certain products or services that we provide or result in changes to the rates at which we depreciate equipment. As a result, we may be required to accelerate the write down of equipment to the extent rendered obsolete by changes in technology. Similarly, our competitors may be able to develop or deploy technologies that provide them with lower costs or other competitive and operating advantages relative to the Company. Furthermore, we cannot predict the extent to which technological changes, such as changes relating to emerging wireline and wireless transmission technologies, may impact on our ability to sell our products. Technological changes and the resulting competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The European telecommunications industry is highly competitive. Our market share, net sales or net income could decline due to vigorous price and other competition.
The European telecommunications industry is highly competitive and significantly affected by regulatory changes, marketing and pricing decisions of the larger industry participants and the introduction of new services and transmission methods made possible by technological advances. Our future success depends on our ability to compete with a variety of communications providers including: (1) incumbent public telecommunications operators (“PTOs”) such as British Telecom (‘‘BT’’); (2) alternative operators such as Global Crossing, Cable & Wireless, Verizon, COLT, Thus and Level 3; (3) Internet service providers (“ISPs”) such as Easynet (part of British Sky Broadcasting),
17
PipeX, Bulldog (part of Cable & Wireless) and Tiscali; and (4) providers of VoIP such as Telappliant, Voipfone, Inclarity, alwaysON, Vonage and Gradwell.
Many of our competitors have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do and may be able to deploy more extensive networks and withstand pricing and other market pressures better than we can. Incumbent operators generally have additional competitive advantages, including controlling access to local networks, economies of scale and relationships with national regulatory authorities (“NRAs”). In addition, certain competitors may be willing to reduce prices and accept lower profit margins to compete with us. The market is witnessing increasing consolidation and convergence between content, services and applications, whilst traditional markets are maturing. As a result, we may be unable to gain sufficient market share to support our working capital needs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our cost base and retail product portfolio may be adversely impacted by BT’s deployment of its new core “twenty first century” IP network, known as “21CN”. Some of BT’s wholesale broadband products on which we currently rely are likely to be phased out over the next five years. New wholesale broadband products, to be provided over BT’s 21CN, are likely to have different pricing structures and commercial terms from the current products which we purchase from BT. As and when we migrate over to these 21CN products, greater capital expenditure may be required in order to continue to be able to offer differentiated and managed services to our retail and reseller customers. BT’s new wholesale broadband products may not offer all of the features and functionality of those products that are to be phased out. These two factors may harm our ability to compete in both the wholesale and retail markets
Government regulation could adversely affect our ability to provide services in markets in which we operate.
The telecommunications industry is still regulated in all the countries where we provide services. Our ability to continue to carry on our business and operate our networks depends on complying with the appropriate regulatory regime in each country, and in particular our ongoing ability to obtain, maintain or renew all necessary permits, licenses and authorizations and/or to make relevant notifications.
To the extent that we are unable to comply with the applicable regulatory regimes, obtain and maintain all such permits, licenses and authorizations or to make relevant notifications, this may have a material impact on our ability to continue to operate in certain of the countries in which our infrastructure is located and/or where we currently provide services, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be subject to burdensome regulatory requirements placed on us by regulatory authorities and/or governments, such as the obligations to contribute to universal service funds, and other regulatory fees and taxes associated with the use of our network or with rights of way (“ROW”). In particular, it is possible that changes to and/or the introduction of new government regulations in France may adversely impact on our interests in current litigation where we are disputing the amount of ROW fees to be paid to certain public and other bodies. In the event that we were to lose all, or any of, such proceedings, it is likely that we would be required to continue to
18
pay fees, and/or resume the payment of certain fees for which payment is currently withheld in connection with certain of the proceedings (amounting in aggregate to approximately US$10.2 million), which could make our future operation of all, or any part of, our French network uneconomical at this time. It is also possible that certain of such public and other bodies may seek, on the basis of the current proceedings, to terminate the underlying agreements through which we benefit from the ROW. Any such termination could have significant adverse consequences for the operation of the European Network, the support of our existing wholesale customer base and the development of our wholesale strategy and business.
In addition to operating the European Network, we remain heavily dependent on the utilization of the networks and services of operators who retain market power; to this extent, we are reliant on appropriate and fair regulation, and adequate enforcement thereof, to ensure the availability of timely access to such networks and services on fair and reasonable terms.
A new regulatory framework for electronic communications in Europe (the “e-Communications Framework”) came into force in July 2003. The e-Communications Framework has now been transposed in each of the European Member States in which we operate. However, in line with the principle of subsidiarity there is a degree of inconsistency in the way in which individual European Member States have transposed the e-Communications Framework and the way in which the individual NRAs are interpreting and applying the regulations. The European Commission has identified certain remaining issues with implementation of the e-Communications Framework in some European Member States, including:
| • | | limited independence and impartiality of some NRAs; |
|
| • | | limitations on the powers of NRAs; and |
|
| • | | separate NRAs for telecoms and broadcasting, which increases the risk of regulatory uncertainty given the advent of converged services. |
Switzerland is not required to follow the e-Communications Framework, but has implemented a broadly similar legal and regulatory framework for telecommunications.
Our business may suffer as a result of regulatory uncertainties, inconsistencies and adverse changes relating to the implementation of thee-Communications Framework. In 2006, the European Commission began the first of a series of regular reviews of the regulatory framework, further adding to the uncertainty in the regulatory environment. Draft legislative proposals are due to be tabled in the summer of 2007, with a revised framework scheduled to come into force in 2009 or 2010.
An adverse ruling in legal proceedings relating to the payment in France of ROW fees could adversely affect our ability to operate the European Network.
As noted above, any adverse ruling in ongoing legal proceedings relating to ROW costs in France which requires the Company to pay fees at a level comparable to that currently charged to the Company, and/or resume the payment of fees for which payment is currently withheld, could have a significant impact on the ability of the Company to continue to pay the operating costs associated with the French network. Any such occurrence could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in the regulation of wholesale broadband services could adversely affect our ability to meet certain obligations.
The UK Office of Communications (“OFCOM”) is due to complete its current review of the wholesale broadband access market in the second half of 2007. This could result, in certain geographic areas, within the UK, in the lifting of certain restrictions currently applied against BT in terms of its provision of wholesale broadband product and, in particular, the requirement that it offers a wholesale broadband product to third parties on non-discriminatory terms and cost-
19
orientated pricing. Given our current reliance on wholesale broadband products for the provision of a large number of services within our retail product portfolio, and given further that no guarantee can be given that other providers will offer an alternative wholesale product on reasonable commercial terms, if at all, this could in turn affect our ability to compete with other providers who are less reliant on such wholesale products.
Changes in the regulation of VoIP could adversely affect our ability to meet certain obligations.
One specific area of regulation which is still developing in a number of European jurisdictions is the regulation of VoIP services. Under the e-Communications Framework, traditional voice telecommunications services provided to end users are required to comply with a number of obligations, including the obligation to maintain secure access to emergency calls and, in some cases, to provide interception capabilities. This can present problems for VoIP services, in particular, due to the difficulty of providing location information in respect of nomadic users and the fact that the service may fail in the event of a power outage or a failure in the broadband connection. A number of NRAs, including the UK regulator, are therefore considering their approach to these issues. To the extent that our VoIP services are provided to the public, we may be required in the future to comply with additional consumer protection or network integrity obligations. This may materially affect our ability to continue to provide certain customer services or may require the modification of our network and/or services in order for us to be able to comply.
Because we are a Bermuda holding company and a “foreign private issuer” for purposes of U.S. securities laws, persons who own our common shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests than persons who are shareholders of a publicly-held U.S. corporation.
The Predecessor was a Delaware corporation subject to the filing and reporting requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as well as the Delaware General Corporation Law. We emerged from bankruptcy under the Plan of Reorganization as a Bermuda company. The Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the “Bermuda Act”), which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders.
We have been advised by our Bermuda counsel, Appleby, that there is currently no treaty in force between the United States and Bermuda providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not based solely on United States federal or state securities laws, would not automatically be enforceable in Bermuda. A final and conclusive judgment obtained in a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States under which a sum of money is payable as compensatory damages may be the subject of enforcement proceedings in the Supreme Court of Bermuda under the common law doctrine of obligation, by action on the debt evidenced by the United States’ court judgment without examination of the merits of the underlying claim. In order to maintain an action in debt evidenced by the United States’ court judgment, the judgment creditor must establish that: (1) the court that gave the judgment over the defendant was competent to hear the claim in accordance with private international law principles as applied in the court of Bermuda; and (2) the judgment is not contrary to public policy in Bermuda, has not been obtained by fraud or in proceedings contrary to the rules of natural justice in Bermuda and is not based on an error in
20
Bermuda law.
The majority of our directors (“Directors”) and officers reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets and our assets are located in jurisdictions outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon non-U.S. directors and officers or to recover against the Company, or non-U.S. directors and officers, on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.
Set forth in “Item 10. Additional Information” in this Form 20-F is a summary of certain additional significant provisions of the Bermuda Act applicable to us, which differ in certain respects from provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law; being a summary, the information provided does not purport to deal with all aspects of Bermuda law that may be relevant to the Company and our shareholders.
We cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop or continue for our common shares.
Our common stock, US$0.01 par value per share, referred to throughout this Form 20-F as our “common shares” or our “ordinary shares”, is currently traded on the over-the-counter market under the symbol “VTLAF.PK”. We can make no assurances regarding the continued existence of an active market for our common shares, price volatility with respect to our common shares, the liquidity of the market for our common shares or the price at which any sales may occur.
The conversion, or even the prospect of conversion, of our convertible debt securities could have a depressive effect on the trading activity of our common shares.
If all, or a large portion, of the 2004 Notes are converted in accordance with their terms, the number of our common shares will increase substantially, significantly diluting the proportionate ownership interests and voting power of the existing holders of common shares who do not own any convertible notes. Adjustments to the conversion price of any issued notes, or payments of interest on any such notes in the form of additional notes, would further dilute the proportionate ownership interests and voting power of the existing holders of common shares who do not own any convertible notes.
Holders of the 2004 Notes will become significant holders of the Company’s common shares upon conversion of all, or a large portion of, such notes and as such will, in principle, have significant voting power with respect to their common shares.
Under the terms of the July 2005 Financing and a letter agreement entered into by the Investors and the Company and dated June 23, 2005 (the “Letter Agreement”), conversion of the 2004 Notes may be effected pursuant to notice given to the Company by the holders of a majority of such notes and, if so requested by such holders of a majority of the notes, each of the Investors will be obligated to convert their respective holdings of the 2004 Notes into common shares of the Company, at the then applicable conversion price as determined by reference to the April 2004 Financing documentation. Any such conversion will take place on a date to be selected by the holders of a majority of the 2004 Notes. The Letter Agreement is filed as an exhibit to the 2004 20-F, all exhibits to the 2004
21
20-F being incorporated by reference herein.
For the reasons set out above, the actual or potential conversion of the 2004 Notes could have a depressive effect on the market price of, and reduce trading activity in, our common shares. Such downward pressure could in turn encourage short sales, or similar trading, with respect to the common shares which could place further downward pressure on the market price of our common shares.
The effect of the Group’s internal cost recharge arrangements may be such as to adversely impact the solvency of certain Group companies.
Under certain agreements entered into by Group companies upon the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11, provision is made in particular for the recharge within the Group of certain costs relating to the operation of the European Network. Given historic operating losses and accounting depreciation related to the European Network, such recharges have resulted in significant inter-company payables and receivables within the Group. Where possible under applicable law and without creating adverse tax liabilities, it is intended for such inter-company payables and receivables to be eliminated through a combination of inter-company transactions and debt waivers and/or capitalisations; no assurance in this respect can however be given. To the extent that significant inter-company balances may remain, the solvency of one or more of the Group companies may be prejudiced. The insolvency of one or more Group companies may have a material adverse effect on the Group as a whole.
You are unlikely to receive dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future.
We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future.
Our reputation may be adversely impacted by the Predecessor’s bankruptcy proceeding.
There has previously been some adverse publicity and coverage regarding the Company and its subsidiaries as a result of the Predecessor’s declaration of bankruptcy and related Chapter 11 proceedings. Such negative publicity could still adversely impact our efforts to establish and promote name recognition and a positive image as well as adversely impact our ability to raise additional financing in sufficient amounts or on acceptable terms.
The Company may have potential liability with respect to past non-compliance of the Predecessor under the Exchange Act.
The Predecessor ceased preparing and furnishing reports to the U.S. SEC under the Exchange Act prior to its Chapter 11 filing in 2001, although under the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations it was obligated to do so. The Company filed its first Form 20-F on March 22, 2004 with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (the “2002 Form 20-F”). Such filing did not satisfy the Predecessor’s non-compliance for prior periods. Under the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations as interpreted by the staff of the U.S. SEC, the Company may be deemed to be subject to the Exchange Act to the same extent as the Predecessor. Accordingly, liability for past non-compliance may still arise. Enforcement or civil actions against the Company or certain of its officers and Directors relating to this past non-compliance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
22
Some members of our Board of Directors may have conflicts of interest with us, and some of these conflicts may be resolved in a manner adverse to us.
Two of the members of our Board of Directors are affiliated with Morgan Stanley, one of our major shareholders and also the lead Investor in each of the Debt Financings. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Description of Certain Indebtedness”, “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees” and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. Although we believe that these Directors have fulfilled, and will continue to be able to fulfil, their fiduciary duties to the Company in their capacities as directors, and note that, to the extent they were then Directors, they recused themselves from the Company’s decision-making process with respect to our negotiation and approval of each of the Debt Financings, there could be additional future conflicts of interest when they are faced with decisions that could have different implications for our Company and for Morgan Stanley as the major Shareholder and/or majority Investor.
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
Overview – New Viatel Organization
The Company, commercially known as Viatel, was incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on January 4, 2002. Our registered office is located at Canon’s Court, 22 Victoria Street, Hamilton, HM12 Bermuda. Our principal executive offices are located at Inbucon House, Wick Road, Egham, Surrey TW20 0HR, United Kingdom where the main telephone number is +44 (0) 1784 494 200.
We are a multinational corporate group (see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Organizational Structure”) and operate a pan-European backbone telecommunications network comprised of advanced fiber-optic cable extending over approximately 7,014 kilometres and connecting 19 principal cities in 6 countries in Western Europe — the European Network. In 2006, we acquired from Global Voice additional metropolitan network assets in each of the following cities: Frankfurt, Amsterdam, Utrecht, Rotterdam, Hamburg and Dusseldorf; Global Voice have additionally committed to provide in 2007 metropolitan network assets in London (see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Global Voice Transaction”). We offer data communication services to a range of customers that includes small and medium enterprises (“SME”s), major corporations, carriers, resellers and systems integrators services, and we operate in a single segment: telecommunications.
Our business initially developed out of the Plan of Reorganization whereby, and through a series of share and asset transfers following the Effective Date, we became the ultimate parent company of certain European operating subsidiaries (the “European Subsidiaries”) previously held, directly or indirectly by the Predecessor, and became the owner of the property (the “Debtors’ Property”) of the Predecessor and certain of its subsidiaries (the “Debtors”) that had not otherwise been distributed under the Plan of Reorganization.
Our initial business plan included in the Plan of Reorganization focused on the provision of services on a wholesale basis to established carriers, PTOs and ISPs over the European Network – the “carrier’s carrier” model. Although beginning in September 2002, certain efforts were made (both through organic growth and corporate acquisition) to target the retail market, this was effectively the business model which was applied from the Effective Date until May 2003.
23
Since May 2003, with the appointment of Lucy Woods as our Chief Executive Officer, a series of changes, both structural and commercial, have been implemented which have fundamentally changed the scope and emphasis of the Viatel organization and business. Principal among the changes was the introduction and adoption of a new business plan (the ‘‘Viatel Business Plan’’) and the making of a number of senior appointments, thereby creating a new senior management team.
The Viatel Business Plan was the product of a detailed commercial and strategic review undertaken by a team headed up by Lucy Woods shortly after her appointment. Its goal was to establish Viatel as a leading pan-European provider of managed IP services, with a focus on the sale and provision of IP connectivity and IP value-added services, with particular emphasis on the SME market. The Viatel Business Plan was adopted by the Board in August 2003. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Viatel Business Plan” for a more detailed description of the Viatel Business Plan and of its development (in particular in the context of its refocusing on the UK retail market) since its initial adoption.
Implementation of the Viatel Business Plan was and remains dependent upon, among other things, successful financing to fund the Company whilst it experiences negative cash flow. Since the inception of the Viatel Business Plan, the Company’s management has undertaken significant work in seeking and obtaining appropriate funding in this respect. This activity initially included the proposal of various amendments to the Bye-Laws intended to remove provisions which would have inhibited the possibility of securing any additional third party financing. These amendments were adopted by shareholders’ resolution at the second annual general meeting of the Company on December 29, 2003.
Subsequent to the amendment of the Bye-Laws, and following discussions with a wide range of financial institutions both in the United Kingdom and the United States, the Company completed the April 2004 Financing with the Investors under which the Company received an amount of US$52.3 million by way of the sale and issuance of the 2004 Notes. Additional funding, in an aggregate amount of US$50.8 million has been provided by way of the further sale and issuance to certain of the Investors of the Senior Increasing Rate Notes. It is anticipated that pending an anticipated Refinancing, further interim financing will be made available through the sale and issuance of additional increasing rate senior notes, to be on substantially the same terms as each of the existing Senior Increasing Rate Notes. As previously noted, no assurance can however be given that such additional interim financing and/or the Refinancing will be completed. (See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Description of Certain Indebtedness – July 2005 Financing”, “– March 2006 Financing”, “– December 2006 Financing”, “– April 2007 Financing” and “– Amendment to Senior Increasing Rate Notes”).
The following sets out the history of the Predecessor, a description of the Chapter 11 reorganization and its impact upon, in particular, the size and scope of the Predecessor’s business and a more detailed description of our business and its evolution following the Effective Date (including a description of the Viatel Business Plan). A detailed description is also provided as to the scope of, and certain of the conditions attaching to, each of the Debt Financings.
History of the Predecessor
The Predecessor was founded as a Delaware corporation in 1991 for the purpose of capitalizing on resale opportunities in the South American international calling card business. It subsequently
24
expanded into the call re-origination business in South America, South Africa, Asia and Europe. By 1993, the Predecessor was engaged in the call re-origination business in over 40 countries worldwide.
From 1993 through 1997, the Predecessor made substantial investments in order to expand its market presence and develop the capacity to provide international communications within and between Western Europe and North America.
Between April 1998 and April 2000, the Predecessor raised approximately US$1.5 billion in the high-yield debt markets and approximately US$700 million in the equity markets to fund: (1) network construction; (2) its purchase of interests in trans-Atlantic cable capacity systems; and (3) operating losses. During this period, the Predecessor also completed two major acquisitions. In December 1999, the Predecessor acquired Viatel Communications, Inc. (formerly known as Destia Communications, Inc. and Econophone, Inc.), a facilities-based provider of domestic and international long distance telecommunications services in North America, Europe and Canada. In February 2000, the Predecessor acquired Viatel Global Communications Limited (formerly known as AT&T Communications (UK) Limited), a provider of voice and data communications services to enterprise level corporate customers located primarily in the United Kingdom.
In January 2001, the deterioration of the telecommunications market, the economy’s impact on customer behavior, significant reductions in prices that telecommunications companies were able to charge their customers and lower than anticipated call volume led the Predecessor to restructure its worldwide operations. The announced steps, which were designed to improve the Predecessor’s liquidity, included the closing of its consumer-oriented businesses in France, Germany, The Netherlands, Spain, Austria, Greece and Canada; the closure of its prepaid calling-card business in the United States; the consolidation of certain operating units; the elimination of redundant operating assets; and a 30% reduction in its worldwide workforce. In March 2001, the Predecessor also began exiting its voice business in Germany.
Despite these and other restructuring initiatives, the Predecessor’s cash position continued to deteriorate due to, among other factors: (1) its inability to access further the equity or debt markets; (2) the suspension of its ability to finance necessary equipment under certain financing facilities; (3) its increasing inability to collect amounts owed to it by its customers due to either the customers’ own financial difficulties, or the perceived financial weakness of the Predecessor; (4) its inability to attract new customers due to its financial circumstances; and (5) required interest payments on its high-yield debt.
On May 2, 2001 (the “Filing Date”), the Predecessor and the other Debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Chapter 11 Reorganization
Set forth below is a description of the Predecessor’s business and operations as at the Filing Date, the various asset disposals effected during the course of the Chapter 11 reorganization and the Plan of Reorganization itself.
Operations of the Predecessor as at the Filing Date
25
Prior to the Filing Date, the Predecessor was the builder-operator-owner of pan-European, transAtlantic and metropolitan fiber-optic networks and a provider of advanced telecommunications products and services, including bandwidth, to corporations, carriers, ISP’s, applications service providers and storage network providers, primarily in Western Europe and North America.
The Predecessor’s principal asset was its fiber optic network covering approximately 8,800 route kilometers and linking 39 major business centers in Western Europe, the construction of which had been approximately 99% completed as at the Filing Date.
As at the Filing Date, the Predecessor also operated a leased fiber optic network in the United Kingdom that connected an additional 18 cities and owned and/or had rights to: (1) a 25% interest in the Yellow Submarine Cable system, a four fiber pair, 1.28 terabit system, connecting New York to London; and (2) 128 STM-1s of capacity on the Atlantic Crossing 1 cable system.
As at the Filing Date, the Predecessor provided, on both a wholesale and retail basis, a range of products and services including: switched and dedicated long distance, toll-free services, prepaid, postpaid and debit calling cards, conference calling, domestic and international private line services, Internet access, frame relay, asynchronous transfer mode and Internet protocol services, managed bandwidth and capacity sales (dark fiber and leased capacity).
Asset/network disposals following the Filing Date
Following the Filing Date, the Predecessor through sale, closure and/or insolvency proceedings exited or lost control of a number of its business assets, including its remaining voice operations in each of the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Greece, Italy, Canada, the United States, France, Spain, Belgium, The Netherlands and Austria. In addition, in June 2001, five of the Predecessor’s UK subsidiaries were placed by the relevant directors into administration, a form of English law insolvency proceeding. It was through three of these subsidiaries, namely Destia Network Services Limited, Viatel Global Communications Limited and Viatel Communications (UK) Limited, that the Predecessor had hitherto operated its voice and enterprise level businesses in the United Kingdom. The UK voice business was sold in June 2001 and the UK enterprise business was sold, together with the UK leased fiber and capacity network, in July 2001 to ntl Group Limited, in each case by the English administrators. From August 2001 onwards, the directors of certain German subsidiaries of the Predecessor filed such subsidiaries for insolvency proceedings in Germany. These subsidiaries between them held rights of way and legal/contractual rights to use points of presence (“POPs”), facilities and other premises as were together required for the use of, and access to, the majority of the German network. Following the commencement of insolvency proceedings, the Predecessor lost all control or use of such legal and contractual rights.
In August 2001, the Predecessor sold its 25% interest in the Yellow Submarine Cable system and its 128 STM-1s of capacity on the Atlantic Crossing 1 cable system to Level 3.
Plan of Reorganization
The Debtors submitted the Plan of Reorganization as of April 2, 2002 in order to resolve their outstanding creditor claims and stockholder or equity interests. The Plan of Reorganization was
26
confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) on May 21, 2002.
The Plan of Reorganization was filed as an exhibit to the Form 8-K of the Company dated January 22, 2002 (the “January 22 8-K”). The January 22 8-K and exhibits are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
The Plan of Reorganization contemplated the dissolution of each of the Debtors and the ultimate transfer of the shares in certain non-Debtor subsidiaries to be held under the Company, a newly formed Bermuda company. Accordingly, commencing as of the Effective Date, a series of share transfers was made whereby the European Subsidiaries became wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company.
Additionally, under the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, VTL, Inc. (“VTL”), a newly-formed subsidiary of the Predecessor, was authorized to serve as disbursing agent (with the right to designate other disbursing agents) with respect to distributions required under the Plan of Reorganization. Accordingly, on or after the Effective Date, and to the extent not otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, the Debtors’ Property vested in VTL.
Under the Plan of Reorganization, ownership of the Debtors’ Property not otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization was intended ultimately to pass to, or remain with, the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries. Ownership of VTL was transferred to the Company in January 2003.
Under the Plan of Reorganization, various claims against the Debtors were divided into classes. Holders of certain unclassified claims, including administrative claims and priority tax claims, received payment in cash either on the distribution date, as such claims were liquidated, or in instalments over time, as permitted by the Bankruptcy Code, or as agreed with the holders of such claims. All other claims and interests were classified into six classes and received the distributions and recoveries (if any) described in the table below. Under the Plan of Reorganization, equity interests (Class 6) in the Predecessor, including common stock, preferred stock, warrants and options of the Predecessor, were cancelled and the holders of such interests received no distributions.
Under the Plan of Reorganization, the Company transferred 10,560,000 common shares of the Company, (representing 88% of the common shares of the Company issued in connection with the Plan of Reorganization), to VTL, in its capacity as Disbursing Agent, for distribution to holders of allowed general unsecured claims (Class 4). Additionally, under the Plan of Reorganization, 1,440,000 common shares of the Company were reserved for issuance upon exercise of incentive share options issued or issuable under the Company’s 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”); see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Equity Incentive Plan”.
| | |
Class description | | Treatment under the Plan of Reorganization |
| | |
Class 1 – Other Priority Claims | | Unimpaired |
27
| | |
Class 2 – Convenience Claims (Unsecured Claims of Face Amount US$500 or less, excluding any Intercompany Claims) | | Unimpaired |
| | |
Class 3.01 – NTFC Secured Claim | | Unimpaired |
| | |
Class 3.02 – Other Secured Claims | | Unimpaired |
| | |
Class 4 – General Unsecured Claims | | Pro rata share of 88% of 12,000,000 new common shares of the Company of US$0.01 each, issued in connection with the Plan of Reorganization |
| | |
Class 5 – Intercompany Claims | | Extinguished |
| | |
Class 6 – Interests | | Cancelled |
Following the Effective Date, and as contemplated under the Plan of Reorganization, the Board of the Company included the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Subsequently, three new Directors, as nominated by the Creditors’ Committee, were appointed to the Board.
Emergence from Chapter 11
Operations of the Company as at June 7, 2002
As indicated above, during the course of the Chapter 11 reorganization and prior to the Effective Date, the Predecessor closed, disposed of, or due to the institution of bankruptcy related proceedings, lost control and/or disposed of various businesses and assets including: (1) the Company’s voice businesses, which, as at the commencement of the Chapter 11 action, generated approximately 75% of the Predecessor’s consolidated group revenues; (2) material network interests – both metropolitan and backbone; and (3) interests in transatlantic cables.
Ultimately, following the various asset and share transfers described above and, as contemplated under the Plan of Reorganization, and through the development of the Company’s business as contemplated thereby, the Company and its direct or indirect subsidiaries became, or, in the case of certain subsidiaries, remained the owners of the European Subsidiaries and of various operational assets including:
• | | the European Network; |
|
• | | leased capacity to a POP in New York; |
|
• | | several inoperative voice switches; and |
|
• | | certain receivables and cash-in-hand of the Predecessor. |
28
The Company’s business plan as set forth in the Plan of Reorganization focused on the exploitation of the European Network, and two primary areas of business supporting customers’ international voice and data communications requirements, namely: (1) clear channel broadband, offering managed bandwidth and optical wave or “wavelength” services; and (2) IP transit, transport and Virtual Private Networks (“VPNs”).
Evolution of operations of Viatel since June 7, 2002
Following an interim review, several months after the Effective Date, of performance against the business plan set forth in the Plan of Reorganization, we determined that we could realize only limited success by focusing solely on the wholesale bandwidth business given the then current market and economic environment.
Accordingly, in search of expanding our consumer market, in October 2002, we commenced the sale of certain services on a retail basis to SMEs in the United Kingdom through a small in-house telesales organization. We tailored and adapted our products previously offered solely to the wholesale market, to the retail market and introduced certain new products, such as Dedicated Internet Access (“DIA”) and Digital Subscriber Line (“DSL”).
In furtherance of our entry into the retail sector, in March 2003, we acquired two recognized ISPs, Cybernet in Switzerland, and Netcom Internet Limited (“Netcom”) in the United Kingdom. The business and assets of Cybernet were purchased for a total consideration of EUR 2.7 million (approximately US$3.0 million). On March 7, 2003, we acquired 100% of the share capital of Netcom for an initial consideration of GBP 450,000 (approximately US$890,000), with a further GBP 200,000 (approximately US$390,000) being paid by way of contingent consideration. As part of the Netcom transaction, Netcom’s dial customer base (customers who connect to the Internet using a modem) was transferred to Net Access and Netcom, re-named Viatel Internet Limited (“Viatel Internet”), continues to service that customer base through the provision of customer support services for a monthly fee
On October 20, 2005 the Company announced that it had reached a conditional agreement to sell Cybernet to Swisscom Fixnet AG (“Swisscom Fixnet”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Swiss incumbent PTO, Swisscom AG for US$12.0 million approximately. The sale was conditional in particular upon both the passing of a resolution of the Shareholders to approve the transaction and the obtaining of the approval of Swiss Merger Control authorities. The requisite Shareholders’ resolution was passed in accordance with Bye-Laws 76A(1) and 76A(3)(e) at a Special General Meeting of the Company held in Zurich on November 22, 2005, while the approval of the Swiss Merger Control authorities was obtained on March 14, 2006. Copies of the notice and circular sent to the Shareholders in relation to the Special General Meeting were filed with the U.S. SEC as exhibits to the Form 6-K of the Company dated October 11, 2005 (the “October 11 6-K”). Such exhibits to the October 11 6-k are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F. Completion
29
of the sale of Cybernet occurred on March 21, 2006 and the related Share Purchase Agreement was filed as an exhibit to the 2005 20-F and is hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
Viatel Business Plan
The Viatel Business Plan was presented to members of our Board on July 7, 2003 and formally adopted as the ongoing business plan of the Company on August 11, 2003.
The goal of the Viatel Business Plan was to establish Viatel as a leading pan-European provider of managed IP Services with specific emphasis on the sale and provision of IP connectivity and IP value-added services. With, however, it being considered that the resources required for a simultaneous product and service launch in multiple countries would constitute a prohibitive constraint on the implementation of the Viatel Business Plan, initial focus was on the successful provision of a full retail and wholesale product portfolio in the UK and of the provision of the wholesale product portfolio, together with a retail Ethernet product, in other key European markets.
Sales and Marketing
Since the initial implementation of the Viatel Business Plan, strong retail sales in the UK have led to even greater emphasis being placed on the development of the UK retail strategy and product set. This sales performance has continued into 2006 resulting in a 60% increase in UK retail revenue by comparison to UK retail revenue for 2005. As a result of such further growth, additional resources were allocated in 2006 to the UK retail sales channels to improve the Company’s service delivery and fault management capabilities so as to enable us to support the increased business volumes.
Regarding the Company’s wholesale activity, prior to 2006 and, in particular, the conclusion of the Global Voice Transaction, sales efforts in this area had been scaled down in response, notably, to a perceived over-supply of capacity in the market and our inability to match market pricing at acceptable margins. Following the conclusion of the Global Voice Transaction, a revised wholesale business strategy was developed, designed in particular both to maximise the new market opportunities that we believe are available to the Company through the acquisition from Global Voice of metropolitan network assets, and to offer competitive market pricing for our wholesale product set; the ability to offer competitive pricing being dependent, in large part, on our investment in new backbone electronics. The revised business strategy (the “Revised Wholesale Strategy”) and related network investment proposal was approved by the Board on December 7, 2006.
Further description is provided below as to the Company’s retail and wholesale sales activity, including the Revised Wholesale Strategy.
Retail
Viatel offers the following principal business retail services: (1) managed connectivity services, including DIA andxDSL connectivity, allowing us to offer to our customers a variety of different connection speeds and contention ratios; (2) managed hosting and co-location services, allowing customers to outsource the hosting of their websites and IT applications; (3) managed security
30
services, including the management of firewalls; (4) managed Internet Protocol VPN (“IPVPN”) and Ethernet services, providing cost-effective connectivity between customer sites; and (5) VoIP, providing, by reference to traditional voice services using the public switched telephone network, potential substantial cost savings and enhanced functionality.
A description of the services offered and/or being developed within each of these categories is set out below (in each case, listed by product name):
The Viatel managed connectivity services include:
| • | | Dedicated Internet Access Broadband: an xDSL broadband service, with high performance and reliability, designed for the business user. This service is based on a 1-to-1 contention ratio (contention being defined as the number of organizations sharing the same bandwidth); in this way, the customer has effectively its own dedicated bandwidth, maximising service performance. |
|
| • | | Business and Small Office Broadband: an xDSL shared broadband service aimed at small offices and people working from home. |
|
| • | | “White label broadband”: an xDSL shared broadband service, retailed under the customer’s or another third party’s brand, offering email, web space and parental control if required. |
|
| • | | L2TP xDSL: a service that allows third parties to access national shared and uncontended xDSL connectivity for the purpose of overlaying their own IP services, without the need for substantial upfront and ongoing interconnect costs. |
|
| • | | Dedicated Internet Access: a high bandwidth leased line Internet access utilising our IP Network and worldwide peering agreements. |
The Viatel co-location and managed hosting services include:
| • | | Co-location: a managed service offering a flexible and cost-effective alternative to an in-house facility. Dedicated full and half racks are available and located in highly secure and monitored (on a 24 hour, 7 days a week basis) facilities in New York and across Europe. |
|
| • | | Managed Hosting: a service available on RedHat, Linux and Windows operating systems. This service is a managed, dedicated web and Internet applications hosting solution for business customers. Such applications could be a web site, an e-business platform or an SAP application. This service is again located in a highly secure and monitored (on a 24 hour, 7 days a week basis) facility. |
The Viatel-managed security devices include:
| • | | Managed Firewall: a fully managed and dedicated firewall solution. A firewall is a set of hardware and software components used for the protection of a network from unauthorised access. Firewalls might be located in the customer’s premises for DIA and broadband connectivity or in Viatel’s data centre for managed hosting customers and to secure centralised Internet access from an IPVPN. |
31
| • | | Managed Anti Spam & Anti Virus: an e-mail scanning service based on a three tier architecture that blocks spam and viruses transmitted over the Internet before reaching the customer network. |
The Viatel IPVPN and Ethernet services include:
| • | | Viatel Managed IPVPN: a secure, cost effective communications service utilising a virtual IP network and allowing customers connectivity between sites, remote workers, business partners and their own customers. If customers wish to manage their own site equipment, they can choose a “wires only” option. |
|
| • | | Site-to-Site IPVPN: an IPVPN service that allows customers to access private data, such as company information, across a public or shared network. The Viatel IPVPN offering takes advantage of a number of access technologies, such as xDSL, leased line and Ethernet. The service uses the Company’s MPLS (MultiProtocol Label Switching) network. |
|
| • | | Remote IPVPN: a service that allows customers with a distributed workforce to access company data and systems, such as order entry and work-flow management. An international roaming service option is also available. |
|
| • | | Viatel Ethernet: a high bandwidth, flexible service to enable customers to run data intensive or real time applications between sites; the service is often used between data centres and as part of a business continuity solution, such as for data replication and storage. |
The Viatel VoIP services include:
| • | | Viatel IP Voice: comparable to a traditional voice access line service, but routed over cost effective IP connections based on a range of access technologies such as broadband, leased lines and Ethernet. We provide the IP connection and a variety of gateways to IP enabled existing customer equipment. |
|
| • | | Viatel Hosted IP Voice: a fully managed, bundled telephony solution, including IP enabled phones, connectivity and private branch exchange “PBX” functionality such as call forwarding and voice mail. |
|
| • | | Viatel VoIP VPN: a single, secure VPN network for integrated voice and data traffic between customer sites and remote workers, helping to reduce costs and improve efficiency. |
The retail sales teams are divided into two channels: direct and indirect. The direct channel comprises telesales and field executives who sell direct to end business customers, while the indirect channel sells through or with partners/resellers, who in turn sell to corporate customers. 2006 has again seen a significant increase in sales activity through the indirect channel, with the channel accounting, on average, for approximately one-half of monthly sales in 2006 as compared to approximately 15% as at the end of 2005.
Wholesale
32
The portfolio of wholesale products we provide to customers is generally divided between: (1) connectivity services, providing high quality dedicated point-to-point connection for customers who do not wish to purchase dark (unused) fiber and/or to invest in the transmission equipment and network management systems required to enable fiber to carry traffic; and (2) infrastructure related services, providing customers with high quality dark fiber and co-location services. A description of the services offered within each of these categories is set out below.
The Viatel connectivity services include:
| • | | Leased Line: an end-to-end, managed, fully redundant international private wire service that uses the European Network. The service is provided at varying speeds and uses synchronous digital hierarchy (“SDH”) transmission technology. |
|
| • | | Wavelengths: a service offering greater speed, flexibility and more bandwidth utilization allowing carriers, ISPs and large corporate customers, effectively, to design and operate their own networks. |
|
| • | | GigaBit Ethernet: High speed transmission service at 1 G/bit and 10 G/bit capacities delivered over SDH or Wavelengths. These services enable customer data processing or networking equipment to communicate over long distance using familiar and less expensive equipment interfaces used more commonly within a building or campus environment. Service routes can be protected or unprotected. |
|
| • | | IP transit: services where, starting with our own network’s IP backbone and then, by purchasing global IP transit from a number of carefully selected partners, we are able to offer our customers cost-effective connectivity to worldwide IP domains. |
The Viatel infrastructure services include:
| • | | Dark Fiber: we offer dark fiber to customers that may wish to make the requisite capital investments in order to carry traffic over fiber. We may also make available to our customers, in selected locations and facilities, certain ducts on either an outright sale or leased basis. |
|
| • | | Co-location: services normally provided as ancillary to the aforementioned dark fiber services. These services allow our customers, who connect directly to our network, to install and operate their equipment in our co-location facilities. A range of additional services are also offered such as dedicated racks and secure cages designed to allow increased security and remote monitoring of customers’ applications co-located at the facility. These facilities are available in data centres across Europe and in New York. |
While new customer acquisitions were made in 2006, the wholesale market remains one characterized by aggressive price competition. The Company’s Revised Wholesale Strategy, as approved by the Board in December, 2006, was predicated in part upon the Company’s ability to offer market competitive pricing through investing in new electronic equipment designed to reduce the Company’s cost base. The first phase of the Board approved investment was implemented in January, 2007 with the Company contracting with Huaweiuk UK
33
for the supply and installation of DWDM equipment, (see “Item 4. Information on the Company – The European Network”). The DWDM system, now installed on an existing fiber ring on the European Network connecting London, Amsterdam, Frankfurt, Dusseldorf and Paris, has enabled the Company to sell, at market competitive pricing, the 2.5Gbit/s and 10Gbit/s wavelength services increasingly sought by customers in preference to the traditional services such as STM1, STM4, STM16 and STM64, as well as (on certain sections of the European Network) a Gigabit Ethernet service. In connection with the roll-out of the Revised Wholesale Strategy, additional sales support has been recruited in Germany, The Netherlands, France and the UK. Active marketing of the Viatel wholesale product portfolio using the upgraded European Network commenced in March 2007; all marketing is being carried out under the new VTLWavenet brand name, as more fully described under the Form 6-K of the Company dated February 27, 2007.
Segmental Revenue
The Company’s sole operational activity relates to the provision of telecommunications services. The Company’s management uses financial data internally to make operating decisions and to assess performance based upon its two principal activities of retail and wholesale services. Following the adoption of the Viatel Business Plan in August 2003 the Company has reported revenue data separately for these two activities, retail and wholesale. It has not been possible to allocate certain costs of sales, nor selling, general and administration costs between the activities.
The revenue generated by segment and geographic location of customers is as follows:
US$’000
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year ended | | | Year ended | | | Year ended | |
| | December | | | December 31, | | | December 31, | |
| | 31, 2006 | | | 2005 | | | 2004 | |
Total Retail Business — United Kingdom | | | 25,207 | | | | 15,361 | | | | 9,600 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
United Kingdom | | | 1,874 | | | | 1,369 | | | | 960 | |
Switzerland | | | 440 | | | | 330 | | | | 373 | |
Western Europe | | | 4,605 | | | | 2,290 | | | | 2366 | |
North America | | | 1,341 | | | | 1,209 | | | | 676 | |
| | |
Total Wholesale Business | | | 8,260 | | | | 5,198 | | | | 4,375 | |
| | |
Total Revenue — Continuing Operations | | | 33,467 | | | | 20,559 | | | | 13,975 | |
| | |
In the year ended December 31, 2006 revenue from customers located in the United Kingdom represented 81% (2005 — 81%, 2004 — 76%) of total revenue. No other country represented greater than 10% of total revenue in 2006, 2005 or 2004.
The European Network
34
The European Network is a high-capacity fiber optic network connecting 19 cities and traversing the UK, France, Germany, The Netherlands, Belgium and Switzerland. This long-haul network has at least 48 fibers installed throughout, with between 72 and 96 fibers (in most terrestrial segments) and 48 fibers in the two submarine segments. Under the terms of the Global Voice Transaction, the Company has, on certain sections of the European Network, effectively disposed of its interest in one-half of the fibers. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Global Voice Transaction”.
The European Network employs ring configurations and self-healing SDH systems to provide high reliability and redundancy. The network is equipped with technologically advanced fiber and optical transmission systems, and consists of a uniform configuration of DWDM electronics and Lucent Technologies fiber optic cable on terrestrial routes.
As part of the network investment agreed in connection with the approval of the Revised Wholesale Strategy (see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Sales and Marketing – Wholesale”), the Company installed additional DWDM equipment, from Huawei UK as referred to above, on sections of the European Network connecting London, Amsterdam, Frankfurt, Dusseldorf and Paris. The equipment, called OptiX BWS 1600G (“1600G”), provides a long-haul DWDM capability with the ability to support up to 80 wavelengths running at speeds of up to 80 Gbit/s per wavelength. In addition to the backbone deployment, additional equipment, called OptiX Metro6100 (“6100”) was deployed in 15 metro sites across London, Amsterdam, Frankfurt and Paris. The 6100 provides Viatel with the ability to multiplex, transport and switch high speed data services for our customers. Like the 1600G, the 6100 is a high capacity device and can support up to 400Gbit/s of customer traffic.
The equipment deployed has significantly reduced the Company’s cost base allowing us to price competitively in the market place.
The submarine segments of our network are located in the North Sea (Lowestoft – Zaandvoort) and the English Channel (Pevensey Bay – Cayeux-sur-Mer), providing a ring topology to the European Network. These segments were built using Alcatel armoured cable comprising Sumitomo fiber.
In addition to the European Network, we also have three STM16 circuits of leased capacity to New York allowing us to offer transatlantic capacity to our customers. Where necessary, we purchase circuits in the United States from local providers to provide a seamless connection for our customers from our own transatlantic capacity to their required United States delivery location.
We also lease various assets including duct (leased duct totalling approximately 1,464 route kilometers, the main part of which relates to our German backbone) and fiber (fiber subject to Indefeasible Rights of Use (“IRU”) agreement totalling approximately 1,030 route kilometers). The duct and IRUs relating to our backbone, were in general leased for a period of approximately 20 years. In November 2004, we entered into an STM4 capacity lease which provides us with an extended UK network linking in particular Leeds, Manchester, Leicester, Birmingham, Coventry, Reading and London; the lease expires in 2010.
To support the European Network, most technical facilities are equipped, as standard, with redundant air conditioning, fire suppression systems, UPS (uninterruptible power supply), battery back-up and diesel generators which would be activated in the event of a prolonged local electricity
35
outage. All these facilities take advantage of remote site alarms reported to and managed by the Network Operations Centre, based in Egham (near London) (the “NOC”), which operates on a 24 hours a day, 365 days a year basis.
The NOC is backed up by a Disaster Recovery Centre in Telehouse, London (the “DRC”), where all key management systems of the NOC are duplicated in their entirety; duplicative systems allows us to maintain our carrier class quality of service. Both the NOC and DRC are equipped to detect and handle incidents and, where possible, quickly re-route traffic in the event of a significant interruption.
The European Network potentially remains a major long term asset of the Company. However, in recent years, the opportunities for commercial exploitation of the network, in particular through the sale of capacity to the wholesale carrier market, have been limited. The Global Voice Transaction, described in further detail below, has extended the footprint of the European Network through the contribution of metropolitan network assets. This enhanced network reach, together with the cost benefits associated with the investment in the Huawei DWDM system, has facilitated the Company’s renewed activity in wholesale market through the implementation of its Revised Wholesale Strategy. However, at this time the European Network currently does not, in itself, generate sufficient revenues to meet its current operating costs. A large proportion of these operating costs relate to ongoing maintenance charges and the fees charged, in France, by public authorities and other entities for ROW. We are currently in legal proceedings disputing the level of the ROW charges we pay in France. See “Item 8. Financial Information – Legal Proceedings” and footnote 11 to the consolidated financial statements in this Form 20-F.
In addition to the renewed sales activity, we continue to investigate transactional opportunities to realise value from the European Network assets. This activity has, more recently been focused on attracting additional third party capital investment. Discussions in this regard are currently being undertaken with a number of parties – in some cases involving transactions designed to maximise the use by potential purchasers/investors of tax losses associated with the ongoing operations and/or tax attributes of the network assets.
Global Voice Transaction
The Company agreed terms in June 2006 for the effective transfer to Global Voice (and/or various Global Voice group companies) of various assets comprised in the European Network, such terms being set out in a Master Network Lease and Sale Agreement, a Network Operational Agreement and related documentation (together “the GV Transaction Documents”). The transaction was approved by the Shareholders by the adoption of a resolution in accordance with Bye-Laws 76A(1) and 76A(3)(e) at a Special General Meeting of the Company held on June 7, 2006. Copies of the notice and the circular sent to the Shareholders in relation to the Special General Meeting were attached as exhibits to the Form 6-K of the Company dated May 23, 2006 (the “May 23 6-K”). Such exhibits to the May 23 6-K are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F. Completion of the Global Voice Transaction (“Completion”) occurred on June 21, 2006 and the Master Network Lease and Sale Agreement and the Network Operational Agreement were filed as exhibits to the 2005 20-F and are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
Relevant Assets
On a country by country basis Global Voice acquired interests in the following assets:
36
The Netherlands, Belgium and United Kingdom: The Company granted Global Voice a long-term lease (or nearest equivalent legal form permitted in the relevant jurisdictions) over one half of Viatel’s fiber and ducts in The Netherlands, Belgium and the UK for a term of 100 years (or such shorter period as Viatel is able to grant or which constitutes the economic life of the assets). These leased assets are the subject of put and call options by which, after a period of five years from Completion, the Company and Global Voice can require that Global Voice acquires absolute title (or such nearest equivalent legal form of ownership as Viatel is able to transfer) to such assets for a nominal sum.
France: The Company granted an IRU to Global Voice over one-half of Viatel’s fiber along a route extending from the Belgian border to Paris, and then to Strasbourg, constituting approximately one third of the Company’s French network. The Company additionally granted (to the extent it is legally able to do so) Global Voice an option, for a nominal sum and again exercisable after a period of five years from Completion, to acquire title in/take a long term lease of the fibers subject to the IRU and one-half of the related duct infrastructure; a reciprocal option was granted to the Company to enable it to require Global Voice to purchase title/take a long term lease of such fibers and related duct infrastructure.
Germany (PEN 3 network): Global Voice acquired all of the Company’s rights and interest in the assets on the former un-lit German stretch of the European Network known as “PEN 3”. The PEN 3 infrastructure, at the time of acquisition, was not operational and accordingly customary warranties, in particular as to fitness for purpose and use, were excluded from the transaction documents.
Germany (PEN 2 network): The Company granted Global Voice a sub-lease of one-half of the fibers currently located within duct space leased from Gasline on the operational “PEN 2” network, the term of such sub-lease being for the remaining 23 years (approximately) of the principal lease with Gasline. The Company additionally granted Global Voice a long-term lease and option to acquire title (or such nearest equivalent legal form of ownership as Viatel is able to transfer) in one-half of the Company’s ducts and fibers on the northern part of its Frankfurt ring. In relation to the southern part of the Frankfurt ring, the Company granted a long-term lease of one-half of the ducts and cables with an option to acquire title (or such nearest equivalent legal form of ownership as Viatel is able to transfer) in one-half of the fibers. Again, the relevant options will be exercisable after a period of five years from Completion, and reciprocal options were granted to the Company to enable it to require Global Voice to acquire title (or such nearest equivalent legal form of ownership as Viatel is able to transfer) in the relevant ducts and fibers.
It is generally the responsibility of Global Voice to install appropriate electronic and other equipment to activate or “light” the fiber assets referred to above. By way of exception to this, the Company agreed to provide Global Voice with certain “lit” capacity through allocating to it a specified number of capacity slots (from 20x Els to 1 x STM16) in eight cities on the European Network. The installation, ongoing support, cost of equipment and transmission cards is all for the account of Global Voice.
The Company additionally transferred to Global Voice the benefit of the revenues arising under certain specified wholesale customer contracts; by reference to May 2007 revenues, this currently represents an annual revenue stream of approximately €1.7 million (US$2.0 million approximately). The Company continues to provide the operational services required to support such customer contracts; Global Voice is, however, liable for the charges that the Company incurs
37
in respect of the lease of third party circuits or other connectivity or equipment required in this regard.
Consideration Paid to the Company
The consideration comprised:
| • | | a cash payment of €18.5 million (US$23.7 million approximately) net of all applicable taxes; |
|
| • | | title (or such nearest equivalent legal form of ownership as Global Voice is able to transfer) to five fiber pairs in the Global Voice metropolitan networks in 6 European cities (Amsterdam, Utrecht, Rotterdam, Frankfurt, Hamburg and Dusseldorf); |
|
| • | | title (or pending its ability to convey such title, an IRU) to five fiber pairs in the Global Voice metropolitan network in London, such commitment to be effective as from January 2, 2007; |
|
| • | | preferential pricing from Global Voice for up to two additional fibers on all of Global Voice’s current metropolitan networks – covering in total 14 European cities and, where available, on all future metropolitan networks constructed by Global Voice; |
|
| • | | preferential pricing from Global Voice for access to specified buildings directly connected to Global Voice’s metropolitan networks; |
|
| • | | an indefeasible right of use for twenty years in three fiber pairs on each section of the PEN 3 network, as and when such sections are made operational by Global Voice; |
|
| • | | access to additional buildings on the Global Voice network at cost plus 15 percent; and |
|
| • | | from the first anniversary of Completion, a contribution of one-half of the operating costs with respect to those sections of the European Network on which Global Voice acquired an interest. |
Operational Issues
Each of the Company and Global Voice have granted to the other certain rights to access their respective networks for the purpose of, in particular, maintaining and interconnecting the transferred network assets. Such rights of access are subject to appropriate procedures designed to protect the security and integrity of each network. In return for Global Voice’s commitment, as referred to above, to contribute to the ongoing costs of the European Network, the Company has additionally undertaken to continue to support the maintenance of the telecommunications facilities being made available to Global Voice. The overall management of any issues regarding the interface of the respective networks is subject to the supervision of an operations committee, chaired by a Viatel representative.
The Company has additionally granted Global Voice a licence and/or sublease (to the extent it is legally able to do so) providing Global Voice with the right to access and occupy up to one-half of available space in the sites occupied or used by the Company at points of presence, multi-optical
38
repeater stations and regeneration sites on those sections of the European Network on which Global Voice acquired an interest.
Impact of Global Voice Transaction
As has been noted, (see “ Item 4. Information on the Company – Sales and Marketing – Wholesale and – European Network”), the contribution of the Global Voice metropolitan network assets together with the investment in Huawei DWDM has facilitated, in part, Viatel’s renewed activity in the wholesale market. Further, the contribution of Global Voice to operating costs is expected to reduce the Company’s cost liability associated with the European Network.
Description of Certain Indebtedness
As noted above, our ability in the short-term to continue operations and, ultimately, our implementation of the Viatel Business Plan is dependent on, among other things, successful financing to fund the Company whilst it is experiencing negative cash flow.
April 2004 Financing
On April 21, 2004, the Company entered into definitive documentation in respect of the April 2004 Financing with each of the Investors comprising: (1) Morgan Stanley; (2) Ahab Partners, L.P.; (3) Wayland Distressed Opportunities Fund I-A, LLC; (4) Värde; (5) Sapphire Special Opportunities Fund, LLC; (6) Stonehill; (7) Ore Hill Hub Fund Ltd; and (8) Lucy Woods. The April 2004 Financing involved the sale and issuance of the 2004 Notes in an aggregate amount of US$52.3 million.
The April 2004 Financing documentation and a related press release announcing the signing of the April 2004 Financing documentation were furnished to the U.S. SEC on the April 28 6-K and a Form 6-K of the Company dated April 21, 2004 respectively and are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
Subsequent to the closing of the April 2004 Financing, Morgan Stanley assigned, as at June 10, 2004, US$350,000 of their 2004 Notes to Ahab Partners, L.P., who in turn, as at August 2004, assigned US$350,000 of 2004 Notes to two individuals as follows: (1) John Colton: US$250,000; and (2) Francis Williams: US$100,000. As at April 2006, Wayland Distressed Opportunities Fund I-A, LLC assigned all of the 2004 Notes (together with all additional notes paid by way of interest on the 2004 Notes) issued in their name to Wayland Distress Opportunities Fund I-B, LLC.
Interest on the 2004 Notes is 8% per annum, to be compounded and payable semi-annually in January and July of each year by way of additional notes or, at the Company’s option, in cash. As at January, 2007 the Company has issued US$12.5 million principal amount of additional convertible notes by way of interest.
The 2004 Notes have a 10 year maturity, and are convertible, at the option of the holder, into the Company’s common shares upon the occurrence of certain specified “liquidity events”, such as a change of control or an initial public offering, or if not previously converted, after the ninth anniversary of issuance, or upon the request of the holders of a majority of the 2004 Notes.
Upon conversion of all or a large portion of the 2004 Notes, persons previously holding such 2004 Notes will hold a significant majority of our common shares, assuming that the Company has not issued shares other than on a conversion of the 2004 Notes. Both prior to and following
39
conversion, and until such time as the Investors directly or indirectly together hold, on a fully diluted basis, 25% or less of the Company’s common shares, material corporate actions will effectively require the consent of the Investors or their transferees.
The Investors (and their transferees) also effectively have the right, at any time, to increase the size of the Board and to approve a number of Directors sufficient to cause a majority of the Board to be designees of the Investors (and their transferees). See “Item 10. Additional Information – Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws”.
It was a condition of the April 2004 Financing that our Chief Executive Officer, Lucy Woods, enter into an employment agreement on terms satisfactory to the Investors and that she also participate in the April 2004 Financing through the purchase of 2004 Notes in an aggregate principal amount of US$250,000. It is in turn a condition of Mrs. Wood’s employment agreement that to the extent Mrs. Woods were to receive a cash bonus during the first two years of the term of her employment agreement, such cash bonus was to be reinvested in the Company in the form of 2004 Notes, up to a maximum of US$270,000. For each such year Mrs Woods received no cash bonus. The Board did however approve a contribution to the discretionary Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Equity Incentive Plan and Employee Benefit Trust” of 2004 Notes in an aggregate amount of US$270,000, with a recommendation that such contribution be allocated to the sub-fund established for the benefit of Mrs. Woods (and her family).
It was also contemplated that, as soon as reasonably practicable after closing, there would be established an equity compensation plan for the benefit of senior management. In substitution of such plan, the Company offered to relevant senior management participation in a discretionary EBT, the terms of which were approved by resolution of the Board dated December 2004. Mrs. Woods accepted participation in the EBT in satisfaction of the Company’s obligations to establish an equity compensation plan under the terms of her employment agreement. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Employee Benefit Trust”.
The Investors (with the exception of the individuals: John Colton, Francis Williams and Lucy Woods) comprise a group of U.S. financial institutions; one of these institutions, Morgan Stanley, itself beneficially owns approximately 15.2% of our ordinary shares. Two of the six serving non-executive Directors, Thomas E. Doster, IV and Iain Burnett, are senior executives of Morgan Stanley. Neither of these Directors were members of the financing committee previously established in connection with the April 2004 Financing nor are they members of the current Financing Committee and have recused themselves, to the extent they were then Directors, from any involvement on behalf of the Company in connection with any of the Debt Financings.
July 2005 Financing
On June 23, 2005, the Company entered into definitive financing documentation with two of the Investors, Morgan Stanley and Värde who purchased July 2005 Senior Notes in an aggregate amount of US$16.0 million on July 1, 2005. Effective April 6, 2006, as a condition to its participation in the March 2006 Financing (see below), Stonehill purchased a pro rata portion of the July 2005 Senior Notes from Morgan Stanley.
The July 2005 Financing documentation was filed as exhibits to the 2004 20-F and is hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
40
Interest on the July 2005 Senior Notes was initially 12% per annum, payable semi-annually on January and July of each year with the interest rate increasing by 0.5% per annum on each interest payment date, beginning on January 15, 2006. For the first year of issue up until June 30, 2006, it was provided for interest to be paid on the July 2005 Senior Notes by way of the issuance of additional July 2005 Senior Notes and that, as from July 1, 2006, interest would be payable in cash only; by a series of waivers the relevant Investors formally waived the event of default that would have arisen from any failure of the Company to make the July 1, 2006 interest payment in cash. Subsequently, and in connection with the December 2006 Financing, the relevant Investors agreed to amend the July 2005 Senior Notes allowing for the Company to continue to satisfy interest payments due up until January 15, 2007 through the issuance of additional July 2005 Senior Notes; as previously noted, under the terms of the Amendment, the maturity date of the July 2005 Senior Notes has been extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008. The Amendment additionally provided for the Company to be able to satisfy future interest payments until July 1, 2008 through the issuance of additional July 2005 Senior Notes. As at January 15, 2007 the Company had issued approximately US$3.3 million principal amount of additional senior secured notes by way of interest on the July 2005 Senior Notes.
The July 2005 Senior Notes rank senior to all subordinated debt of the Company (including the 2004 Notes) andpari passuwith all senior debt of the Company. Under the terms of the July 2005 Financing, the holders of the 2004 Notes have agreed to subordinate their 2004 Notes to the July 2005 Senior Notes.
March 2006 Financing
On March 14, 2006, the Company completed a third round of debt financing with three of the Investors, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill. The March 2006 Financing involved the sale and issuance of March 2006 Senior Notes in an aggregate amount of US$8.8 million. Under the terms of the March 2006 Financing, Stonehill purchased March 2006 Senior Notes subject to its purchasing a share of the July 2005 Senior Notes from Morgan Stanley. This resulted in Morgan Stanley assigning US$306,220 of its principal amount of July 2005 Senior Notes to Stonehill.
The March 2006 Financing documentation was filed as exhibits to the 2005 20-F and is hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
Interest on the March 2006 Senior Notes was initially 12.5% per annum, payable semi-annually on January and July of each year with the interest rate increasing by 0.5% per annum on each interest payment date, beginning on July 15, 2006. Up to and including June 30, 2006, it was provided for interest to be paid on the March 2006 Senior Notes by way of the issuance of additional March 2006 Senior Notes and that as from July 1, 2006, interest would be payable in cash only; by a series of waivers, the relevant Investors formally waived any event of default that would have arisen from the failure of the Company to make the July 1, 2006 interest payment in cash. Subsequently, and in connection with the December 2006 Financing, the relevant Investors agreed to amend the March 2006 Senior Notes allowing for the Company to continue to satisfy interest payments due up to the January 15, 2007 interest payment date through the issuance of additional March 2006 Senior Notes; as previously noted, under the terms of the Amendment, the maturity date of the March 2006 Senior Notes has been extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008. The Amendment additionally provided for the Company to be able to satisfy future interest payments until July 1, 2008 through the issuance of additional March 2006 Senior Notes. As at January 15, 2007 the Company had issued approximately US$1.0 million principal amount of additional senior secured notes by way of interest on the March 2006 Senior Notes.
41
The March 2006 Senior Notes are substantially in the same form as the July 2005 Senior Notes and rank senior to all subordinated debt of the Company (including the 2004 Notes) andpari passuwith all senior debt (including the July 2005 Senior Notes) of the Company. Under the terms of the March 2006 Financing, as under the July 2005 Financing, the holders of the 2004 Notes have agreed to subordinate their 2004 Notes to the March 2006 Senior Notes.
December 2006 Financing
On December 21, 2006, the Company completed a fourth round of debt financing with three of the Investors, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill. The December 2006 Financing involved the sale and issuance of December 2006 Senior Notes in an aggregate amount of US$13.0 million.
The December 2006 Financing documentation is filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F filing.
Interest on the December 2006 Senior Notes is initially 12.75% per annum, payable semi-annually on January, 2007 with the interest rate increasing by 0.5% per annum on such interest payment date until maturity. Up to January 15, 2007, interest was to be accrued on the December 2006 Senior Notes by way of additional December 2006 Senior Notes. Under the terms of the Amendment, the maturity date of the December 2006 Senior Notes has been extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008. The Amendment additionally provided for the Company to be able to satisfy future interest payments until July 1, 2008 through the issuance of additional December 2006 Senior Notes. As at January 15, 2007 the Company had issued approximately US$0.1 million principal amount of additional senior secured notes by way of interest on the December 2006 Senior Notes.
The December 2006 Senior Notes are substantially in the same form as the July 2005 Senior Notes and the March 2006 Senior Notes and rank senior to all subordinated debt of the Company (including the 2004 Notes) andpari passuwith all senior debt (including the July 2005 Senior Notes and the March 2006 Senior Notes) of the Company. Under the terms of the December 2006 Financing, as under the July 2005 Financing and the March 2006 Financing, the holders of the 2004 Notes have agreed to subordinate their 2004 Notes to the December 2006 Senior Notes.
April 2007 Financing
On April 3, 2007, the Company completed a fifth round of debt financing with three of the Investors, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill. The April 2007 Financing involved the sale and issuance of April 2007 Senior Notes in substantially the same form as the July 2005 Senior Notes, the March 2006 Senior Notes and the December 2006 Senior Notes in an aggregate amount of US$13.0 million.
The April 2007 Financing documentation is filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F filing.
Interest on the April 2007 Senior Notes is initially 12.75% per annum with interest on the April 2007 Senior Notes being payable semi-annually on July 15, 2007 and January 15, 2008 with the interest rate increasing by 0.5% per annum on each such interest payment date until maturity. Under the terms of the Amendment, the maturity date of the April 2007 Senior Notes has been extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008. The Amendment to the Senior Increasing Rate Notes additionally provided for the Company to be able to satisfy future interest payments until July 1, 2008 through the issuance of additional April 2007 Senior Notes.
42
The April 2007 Senior Notes are substantially in the same form as the July 2005 Senior Notes, the March 2006 Senior Notes and the December 2006 Senior Notes, mature at the same time in July 2008 and rank senior to all subordinated debt of the Company (including the 2004 Notes) andpari passuwith all senior debt (including the July 2005 Senior Notes, the March 2006 Senior Notes and the December 2006 Senior Notes) of the Company. Under the terms of the April 2007 Financing, as under the July 2005 Financing, the March 2006 Financing and the December 2006 Financing, the holders of the 2004 Notes have agreed to subordinate their 2004 Notes to the April 2007 Senior Notes.
Regulation
Telecommunications services in the European Union are subject to the e-Communications Framework which came into force in July 2003. The principal elements of the e-Communications Framework are set out in the following EU Directives: (1) the Universal Service Directive; (2) the Access and Interconnection Directive; (3) the Authorisation Directive; and (4) the Framework Directive. These EU Directives (and related legislation/regulation) are intended in part to reduce regulation where possible, while introducing a common concept of market dominance, so as to identify those operators that might be considered as having “Significant Market Power” or “SMP”, and consequently for whom more stringent regulation might be appropriate.
Our activities in Europe are subject to these rules and regulations and to any other national rules and regulations governing telecommunications. Such rules and regulations are administered and enforced by the applicable NRAs in each country in which we operate. The level of regulation and the rights that attach to a license (where a license is required) or to general authorizations related to telecommunications and other electronic communications vary in each country. In each European Union country in which we operate, we are not considered, as a company, to have SMP and are not therefore generally subject to the more stringent regulation that might otherwise be applied by NRAs.
We believe that we possess, or are in a position to obtain, all necessary permits, licenses, and authorizations or to make relevant notifications to operate, and to continue to operate, our business in all the countries in which we operate. However, to the extent we are unable to obtain all such permits, licenses and authorizations or to make relevant notifications, this may have a material impact on our ability to operate in certain of the countries in which our European Network is located which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In the United States, our services are subject to the provisions of the Communications Act of 1934 and the regulations of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”). The Company has obtained an authorization pursuant to Section 214 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. § 214. This allows us to provide common carrier communications services between the United States and a foreign point. VTL, Inc., VTL-TP (Bermuda) Limited and VTL Wavenet Limited, all wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company, have notified the FCC that they will provide facilities–based international services under this authorization.
Regulators in the European Union countries in which we operate are as follows: (1) OFCOM, in the United Kingdom; (2) l’Autorité de Régulation des Communications électroniques et des Postes (“ARCEP”),in France; (3) theBundesnetzagentur(“BNETZA”), in Germany; (4) theOnafhankelijke Post en Telecommunicatie Autoriteit(“OPTA”), in The Netherlands; and (5) theDe
43
Belgische regulator voor de postdiensten en de telecommunicatie(“BIPT”), in Belgium. In Switzerland, there is no single regulatory body; however, telecommunications regulation is determined by the provisions of the Telecommunications Act (Fernmeldegesetz or “FMG”) and is overseen by the Federal Office of Communications, the government department responsible for telecommunications and broadcasting. In addition, the Swiss Federal Communications Commission is an extra-parliamentary body responsible for the assignment of telecommunications licenses and approval of national frequency and numbering plans.
Organizational Structure
Commencing on the Effective Date, a series of share transfers were made whereby the European Subsidiaries become wholly-owned, direct or indirect, subsidiaries of the Company. The following tables set out our active subsidiaries as at May 31, 2007:
| | | | | | |
| | | | Ownership by Viatel Holding |
Name of Subsidiary | | Jurisdiction of Incorporation | | (Bermuda) Limited |
|
VTL-TP (Bermuda) Limited | | Bermuda | | | 100 | % |
Viatel Holding (Europe) Limited | | England and Wales | | | 100 | % |
Viatel Operations SA(1) | | France | | | 100 | % |
Viatel Belgium NV | | Belgium | | | 100 | % |
VTL, Inc.(2) | | US | | | 100 | % |
Viatel Broadband Limited | | England and Wales | | | 100 | % |
|
| | | | | | |
Name of Subsidiary | | Jurisdiction of Incorporation | | Ownership by VTL, Inc. |
|
Viatel Belgium Limited | | England and Wales | | | 100 | % |
VTL (UK) Limited | | England and Wales | | | 100 | % |
Viatel Circe Assets Limited | | England and Wales | | | 100 | % |
|
| | | | | | |
| | | | Ownership by Viatel Holding |
Name of Subsidiary | | Jurisdiction of Incorporation | | (Europe) Limited |
|
Viatel Equipment Limited | | England and Wales | | | 100 | % |
VTL Wavenet Limited | | England and Wales | | | 100 | % |
Viaphone AG | | Switzerland | | | 100 | % |
Viatel Global Communications B.V. | | The Netherlands | | | 100 | % |
Viatel German Asset GmbH | | Germany | | | 100 | % |
VTL Telecom GmbH | | Germany | | | 100 | % |
|
| | | | | | |
| | | | Ownership by VTL (UK) |
Name of Subsidiary | | Jurisdiction of Incorporation | | Limited |
|
Viatel Internet Limited | | England and Wales | | | 100 | % |
|
44
| | | | | | |
| | | | Ownership by Viatel Global |
Name of Subsidiary | | Jurisdiction of Incorporation | | Communications B.V. |
|
Viafoperations Communications B.V. | | The Netherlands | | | 100 | % |
| | |
(1) | | It is a requirement of French law that there be 7 shareholders of a corporation organized as asociété anonyme(SA). The minority shares in Viatel Operations SA are held by each of 6 nominee shareholders. |
|
(2) | | As from January 6, 2003. |
|
(3) | | Prior to January 12, 2004, known as Netcom Internet Limited. |
Property, Plant and Equipment
The European Network and related telecommunications facilities and equipment sites comprise our principal properties. The information contained in this section regarding such properties reflects the divestments made by the Company under the terms of the Global Voice Transaction. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Global Voice Transaction”.
We maintain telecommunications facilities in certain premises in which many telecommunications companies also lease facilities. These include our facilities at 60 Hudson Street, New York, Telehouse North and Telehouse East, both in London and also Telehouse Paris. We lease offices in Egham, UK, which include the NOC and our principal executive offices. We also maintain the DRC, a backup network operations center in Telehouse North, London.
In addition, we maintain co-location facilities, regeneration sites, repeater (or modular optical repeater) sites and points of presence in the countries through which our network runs. We also have approximately 49,000 square feet of equipment room space. The majority of these European locations have leases signed for a minimum term of 20 years, including renewal options for subsequent 5-year periods. These leases have been structured in a way so as to limit the risk of relocation. It is anticipated that prior to termination of any of the leases, we will be able to renew such leases or make other suitable arrangements. As at June 29, 2007, final agreement is yet to be reached with respect to the renewal of the lease of the Company’s premises at 60 Hudson Street, New York, such that the premises are currently leased by the Company on a month to month basis.
To support the European Network, we have installed transmission equipment at 134 facilities across our 6 network countries, including at 56 POPs where customers and other carriers can access the network. These sites are equipped, as standard, with redundant air conditioning, fire suppression system, batteries/UPS (uninterruptible power supply) back-up for DC and AC power respectively. All these facilities take advantage of remote access and site alarms managed and reported by the NOC.
Set forth in the table below are details of the various leasehold interests held by the Company as at June 23, 2007. References to “POP”, “REGEN”, “MOR”, “COLO” and “ROOF SITE” are references to a point of presence, a regeneration site, a modular optical repeater sit, co-location space and microwave antennae site, respectively.
45
| | | | |
| | | | Total Equipment or Facility Area |
Property name | | Site Type | | (leased total area may be larger) |
ESSEN (BELGIUM) | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
LEERS-NORD | | REGEN | | 1 Rack |
LIEGE | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
ANTWERP WOMMELGEN | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
HASSELT | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
ANTWERP BELIEWEG (ALASKA) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
GENT (MERELBEKE) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
GENT (BRUGGE) | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
LEUVEN | | STORAGE (Potential future POP) | | 200 sqm |
ESTAMPUIS | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
TOURNAI | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
MONS | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
CHARLEROI (CHATELET) | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
ANTWERP VOSVELD 20 | | STORAGE (Potential future POP) | | 100 sqm offices – 620 sqm tech |
BRUSSELS MIDI (RUE DE France) | | POP | | 95 sqm |
ANTOING | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
NAMUR | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
BRUSSELS TOLL-LAAN | | POP/OFFICE | | 450 sqm |
KORTRIJK | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
AVIGNONET (LAURAGAIS) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
PARIS AUBERVILLERS CEDEX (VICTOR-HUGO) | | RACK SPACE | | room 12, 1 rack |
AVAILLES-EN-CHATERELLAULT | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
LYON (RUE GEORGE MARANNE) 2 | | POP | | 16 sqm |
L’ISLE ADAM (MOURS) (A16) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
PARIS AUBERVILLIERS CEDEX (GARDINOUX) | | POP | | 1 600 x 600 rack |
AZY-SUR-MARNE (NOGENT L’ARTAND) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
46
| | | | |
| | | | Total Equipment or Facility Area |
Property name | | Site Type | | (leased total area may be larger) |
MEAUX | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
BORDEAUX (MERIGNAC) | | POP | | 1267 sqm |
CAYEUX-SUR-MER | | REGEN | | 150 sqm |
CAZAN (VERMEGUES) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
CHAROLLES (LP2) (VENDENESSE) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
CONDE-SUR-MARNE | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
CORBEIL (ESSONNES) (LP7) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
COURRIERES | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
BIACHES (PERONNE) #1 | | REGEN | | 25 sqm |
BOURBON (LP3) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
BELLEVILLE (LP1) (MONTMERLE) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
BON-ENCONTRE | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
FOS-SUR-MER | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
BLOIS | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
GRISOLLES | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
BLANZAY | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
MEILHAN SUR GARONNE | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
LAVOURS (LG2) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
BRIARE (LP5) | | REGEN | | 25 sqm |
ST MARTIN-DE-BRETHENCOURT | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
THOUROTTE | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
SOUPPES-SUR-LOING (LP6) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
PICHEGU (ST GILES) (MARNEGA) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
PARIS LA DEFENSE (COURBEVOIE) | | POP | | 215 sqm |
POILHES | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
MONTFAUCON (CADEROUSSE) | | REGEN | | 25 sqm |
TOULOUSE | | POP | | 816 sqm |
ARTENAY (ORLEANS) | | POP | | 25 sqm |
REVIGNY-SUR-ORNAIN (CONTRISSON) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
47
| | | | |
| | | | Total Equipment or Facility Area |
Property name | | Site Type | | (leased total area may be larger) |
SAULT BRENAZ (LG1) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
SETE (MONTPELLIER) | | REGEN | | 25 sqm |
AMIENS (PARC D’ACTIVITIES) | | POP | | 750 sqm warehouse + 5 car parks |
ST CHRISTOPHE-DE-DOUBLE | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
STRASBOURG | | POP | | 500 sqm |
NEVERS (LP4) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
MONTELIMAR (SAULCE SUR RHONE) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
MARSEILLETTE | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
XOUAXANGE (HESSE) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
NANCY RUE JAURES | | POP | | 500 sqm |
NAMBSHEIM (BS1) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
NERSAC | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
PARIS 35 RUE DES JEUNEURS – BASEMENT (BASTILLE) | | POP | | 97 sqm |
ANDANCETTE | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
PARIS 35 RUE DES JEUNEURS – 2ND FLR (BASTILLE) | | POP/OFFICE | | 50 sqm |
VERETZ (TOURS) | | MOR | | 25 sqm |
PARIS 38 RUE DES JEUNEURS – 4TH | | POP | | 3 RACKS |
PARIS 35 RUE DES JEUNEURS – 3RD FLR (BASTILLE) | | POP/OFFICE | | 270 sqm |
TROUSSEY (VILLOROY SUR MEHOLLE) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
DUSSELDORF IN DER STEELE 29 | | POP | | 1 600 x 800 Cabinet |
DERNBACH | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
DUSSELDORF HALLE CONNECTAPARK | | POP | | 900 sqm equipment room plus office |
ELTEN | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
MANNHEIM | | POP | | 600 sqm |
48
| | | | |
| | | | Total Equipment or Facility Area |
Property name | | Site Type | | (leased total area may be larger) |
NAUROD | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
LINZ | | REGEN | | 15 sqm |
FRANKFURT 19 WEISSMULLERSTRASSE | | POP | | 1 600 x 800 Cabinet |
BERG LANGWIESE (GASLINE) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
KAPPELLA (KAPPELLEN) | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
PORZ | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
FRANKFURT 90 KLEYERSTRASSE | | MOR/OFFICE | | 45 sqm |
AMSTERDAM SCHIPLUIDENLAAN (DELFLANDLAAN) | | POP/OFFICE | | 450 sqm, 5 car park spaces (basement) |
AMSTERDAM NIKHEF BUILDING | | POP | | 1 rack |
AMSTERDAM WORLD TRADE CENTRE | | POP/OFFICE | | 182 sqm |
AMSTERDAM HALFWEG | | POP | | 200 sqm |
AMSTERDAM 144 GYROKOOPWEG | | POP | | 3 racks |
AMSTERDAM 58 GYROKOOPWEG (INTERXION) | | POP | | 1 rack |
ZANDVOORT | | REGEN | | 200 sqm |
LEERSUM | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
ROTTERDAM ALBERT PLESMANWEG (SOERWEG 5B) | | POP | | 200 sqm |
WORLD FASHION CENTER (17th floor) | | ROOF SITE | | 100 sqm on site |
DOORN | | MOR | | 10 sqm |
OLTEN | | MOR | | 50 sqm |
BASEL | | POP | | 4 racks |
BERN | | POP | | 50 sqm |
EPENDES | | REGEN | | 100 sqm |
ZURICH 225 JOSEF STR | | POP | | 2 racks |
ZURICH 569 BADENEERSTRASSE | | POP | | 810 sqm |
ZURICH 560 SCHAFFHAUSERSTRASSE | | POP/OFFICE | | 65 sqm |
49
| | | | |
| | | | Total Equipment or Facility Area |
Property name | | Site Type | | (leased total area may be larger) |
GENEVA | | POP | | 77 sqm |
GENEVA (Rue de la Confederation 6) | | POP | | 1 rack |
LONDON PARK STREET | | POP | | 1 rack |
SNOW HILL | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
POLEGATE | | REGEN | | 50 sqm (equipment room) |
PEASE POTTAGE | | MOR | | 35 sqm |
PAKENHAM | | MOR | | 15 sqm |
MANCHESTER WILLIAMS HOUSE | | POP | | 1 rack |
LONDON TELEHOUSE NORTH | | POP/OFFICE | | 243 sqm (2600 sq ft) |
LONDON GLOBAL SWITCH | | POP | | 1 rack 1 duct |
EGHAM INBUCON HOUSE | | POP/OFFICE/NOC | | 1405 sqm |
LONDON 8 HARBOUR EXCHANGE (TELECITY 2) | | POP | | 1 rack – ref 1 Z 18 |
LONDON TELEHOUSE NORTH (NETCOM) | | POP | | 1 racks |
LONDON BRICK LANE (INTERXION) | | POP | | 1 x 600 x 600 rack |
LONDON TELEHOUSE EAST | | POP | | 3 racks |
LONDON HOSTING CENTRE (PSINET) | | POP | | 3 racks |
LOWESTOFT | | REGEN | | 250 sqm |
BRACKNELL | | OFFICE/POP | | 2,240 sqm |
LONDON 7 HARBOUR EXCHANGE (REDBUS) | | POP | | 1 rack 8thfloor |
LONDON BONNINGTON HOUSE (TELECITY 1) | | POP | | 4 racks |
NEW YORK 60 HUDSON | | POP | | 550 sqm |
FIBERNET BIRMINGHAM | | POP | | rack E11 (60cm x 60 cm) |
FIBERNET COVENTRY | | POP | | rack A10 |
FIBERNET LEEDS 2 | | POP | | rack D11 |
FIBERNET LEICESTER | | POP | | rack B10 |
FIBERNET READING | | POP | | rack D5 |
50
| | | | |
| | | | Total Equipment or Facility Area |
Property name | | Site Type | | (leased total area may be larger) |
FIBERNET EDINBURGH | | POP | | 1 rack |
LONDON GOSWELL ROAD | | POP | | 1 rack |
LONDON HEATHROW (ix Europe) | | POP | | 1 rack |
FIBERNET NORTHAMPTON | | POP | | 1 rack |
LONDON SOVEREIGN HOUSE (REDBUS) | | POP | | 1 rack |
LONDON BRAHAM ST (L3) | | POP | | 1 rack |
Aggregated rental payments for the fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004 were approximately US$11.3 million, US$11.5 million and US$12.2 million respectively.
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Form 20-F. The following discussion includes certain forward-looking statements. See “Forward Looking Statements” on page 2. For a discussion of important factors, see “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors”.
General
The financial information presented in this section is derived from the audited consolidated financial information of the Company as at and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
The independent auditors’ report delivered to the Company in connection with its audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 and included in this Form 20-F contains an explanatory paragraph stating that the Company’s recurring net losses and its difficulty in generating sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations and sustain its operations raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements and the selected financial data do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the relevant reporting periods. Accounting estimates are
51
an integral part of the financial statements prepared by management and are based on management’s current judgments. Those judgments are based on knowledge and experience about past and current events and assumptions about future events.
We believe the following to be our critical accounting estimates because they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require critical management judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by management in making these estimates, our results of operations could be materially affected.
Revenue and Cost of Sales
The Company derives its revenue from the sale of network connectivity, dark fiber, bandwidth and Internet-related services, specifically the sale of VoIP and other Internet value-added services, such as hosting, security and IPVPN. The revenues earned from these services comprise non-recurring revenues principally relating to the delivery of equipment and installation thereof and recurring revenues from ongoing telecommunications connectivity and operating and maintenance services. The typical term of a contract for retail services is between one and three years. For wholesale service contracts the term is typically between one and fifteen years.
The Company applies the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition”. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. The Company uses either a purchase order or a customer agreement as evidence of an arrangement.
Capacity contracts relate to specific assets and are accounted for as operating leases as legal title does not pass to the customer. Revenue is recognized over the shorter of the estimated life of the assets and the term of the lease. Where legal title does transfer, the transaction is recognized as a sale of assets.
Revenue from the delivery of equipment and installation thereof is recognized upon delivery of the equipment and completion of installation, which is deemed to be the date that the relevant service provision is deemed to commence. Revenues for Internet and network connectivity and operating and maintenance services are recognized as earned over the contractual term. When the Company’s services are bundled in a customer arrangement, the related fee is allocated to the multiple elements of the arrangement based on objective evidence of fair value.
When the customer arrangement dictates that payments are made prior to service delivery, the Company records the advance of payment as a credit to the balance sheet within the deferred revenue account. When a customer pays a non-refundable fee in advance and subsequently cancels service before the end of the contract term, the Company recognizes the remaining deferred revenue as revenue with the statement of operations at the time the service is terminated.
Impairment of Long-lived Assets
The Company reviews the carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortization and other long-lived tangible assets to determine whether there has been any impairment of such assets and the appropriateness of their remaining useful lives whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
52
To assess impairment of such assets the Company applies FAS 144, “Accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets”. The Company tests for impairment by comparing the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be derived from an asset or a group of assets to their carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset or the group of assets exceeds the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows, impairment is considered to exist, and an impairment loss measured by the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the relevant long lived asset or group of assets would be recognized. The fair value of the asset or group of assets is generally determined based upon an estimate of discounted future net cash flows to be generated by the asset or group of assets.
The estimation of future cash flows and the determination of fair values for assets or groups of assets requires the Company to make significant judgments concerning the identification and validation of expected cash flows and, where applicable, discount rates. Such estimates contain an amount of uncertainty which can have a material impact on the amount of any impairment. Similarly, actual results may differ from estimates due, in particular, to the economic, technological and competitive environment in which the Company operates.
For the purposes of conducting impairment tests, operational cash flows are estimated using assumptions relevant to the particular asset or group of assets and, where possible, in light of both current and historic performance over prior periods. In particular:
• | | where a measurable trend has been established, cash inflows from existing services are forecast based upon historical performance along with monthly growth rates in line with those achieved over prior periods for which relevant data is available; |
|
• | | where a measurable trend has not been established, estimates of future inflows are based on current recurring revenues and the order “pipeline” relevant to the assets; |
|
• | | cash inflows from new services or the other sales channels described in connection with the Viatel Business Plan are forecast based on good faith estimates of sales order value. In addition, alternative customer profiles are modeled to test the level of assumed revenues for reasonableness in the absence of historic market data; |
|
• | | estimates of cash outflows relating to costs are typically based on current run rates; |
|
• | | additional staff costs are included where additional sales heads or other staff resources are required to meet revenue targets; |
|
• | | estimates of cost reductions are based on reasonable assessment and, where indicated, based on third party professional advice; and |
|
• | | cash flows associated with future capital expenditure that would increase the service potential of the relevant asset or group of assets are excluded. |
The European Network is structured operationally and for network resilience purposes as a single asset group supporting the sales operations of the Company. Decisions about the management and exploitation of the European Network are made on a pan-European basis. U.S. GAAP requires that long-lived assets and related liabilities be grouped at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. Accordingly, we have treated the European Network and related infrastructure assets as a single asset group for the purposes of assessing impairment.
53
The impairment test applied to the European Network as of December 31, 2006 is based on business cash flow forecasts approved in December 2006 for the period through December 31, 2012.
Significant assumptions underlying the impairment test were:
| • | | the ability of the Company commercially to exploit (and gain additional revenue streams through) the additional metropolitan network assets acquired in connection with the Global Voice Transaction. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Global Voice Transaction”; |
|
| • | | the ability of the Company to lower its costs of sale in the wholesale market through its purchase and successful integration of new electronic equipment into the European Network. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Sales and Marketing – Wholesale; and |
|
| • | | the ability of the Company successfully to implement its Revised Wholesale Strategy and to generate the anticipated new revenue streams. |
On the basis of these assumptions, since the undiscounted cash flows were greater than the carrying value of the European Network as at December 31, 2006, no impairment was required.
To the extent that any or a combination of the foregoing assumptions were to prove inaccurate, this could have a material impact on our impairment calculation and result in an impairment. The following risks in this regard are highlighted:
• the Company may be unable to obtain further debt financing from its Investors or other third parties. While management consider the expectations of such funding to be reasonable at this time, any absence of such continued financial support would likely prevent the Company from being able to generate the forecast cash flows, inevitably leading to an impairment in the carrying value of the European Network;
• a further deterioration in conditions within the European telecommunications market which could adversely impact assumptions used in cash flow calculations;
• an adverse decision may be given in any of the ongoing legal proceedings relating to either the ROW costs — see “Item 8. Financial Information – Consolidated Financial Statements and Other Financial Information – Legal Proceedings”. Any such adverse decision could have a significant impact on the: (1) ability of the Company to continue to pay the operating costs associated with the European Network, and therefore of continuing to implement its Revised Wholesale Strategy and/or to operate the European Network; and (2) impairment calculations dependent on the extent of the adverse ruling.
Accounting for loan notes
The 2004 Notes have an embedded put option and a beneficial conversion feature. The embedded put option is bifurcated and recorded at fair value along with the carrying value of the notes. Changes in fair value of the put option are recorded in the statement of operations.
The beneficial conversion feature, representing the difference between the conversion price and the share price on the issuance date, is recorded within Additional Paid in Capital in Shareholders’
54
Equity. The corresponding discount on the 2004 Notes is being amortized using the effective interest method over their term.
The Senior Increasing Rate Notes have an embedded put option and an increasing rate interest feature. The total interest payable on the Senior Increasing Rate Notes are being amortised using the effective interest method over their term. The embedded put option is bifurcated and recorded at fair value along with the carrying value of the note. Changes in fair value of the put option are recorded in the statement of operations.
Direct costs associated with the issuance of the 2004 Notes and the Senior Increasing Rate Notes are recorded as deferred financing costs and amortized over their term.
Legal Proceedings
As disclosed in note 11(b) the Company is currently engaged in litigation with a number of different parties. The outcome of such litigation is uncertain and the final settlements could be materially different to the amounts that the Company has currently accrued. In making its judgements the Company has consulted with external legal counsel of the likelihood of the outcome of the various legal proceedings in which it is engaged.
Results of Operations
Year on year movements in the statement of operations from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006 were principally caused by further organic growth in the UK retail sector during 2006 over 2005 and recognition of income arising from the Global Voice Transaction. Year-on-year movements in the statement of operations from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2005 were principally caused by organic growth and the recognition of a non-recurring benefit of $17.8 million arising from the settlement of our claim with Easynet Telecommunications Limited (“Easynet”). The benefit recognized in the 2004 fiscal year of US$17.8 million from Easynet was substantially offset by higher sales and marketing expenses incurred to drive organic growth.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | | Year Ended | | Year Ended |
| | December 31, 2006 | | December 31, 2005 | | December 31, 2004 |
| | | | % of | | | | % of | | | | % of |
| | $’000 | | revenue | | $’000 | | revenue | | $’000 | | revenue |
Revenue | | | 33,467 | | | | 100 | | | | 20,559 | | | | 100 | | | | 13,975 | | | | 100 | |
Cost of services sold | | | (17,037 | ) | | | (51 | ) | | | (12,691 | ) | | | (62 | ) | | | (7,247 | ) | | | (52 | ) |
Selling, general & administrative | | | (49,017 | ) | | | (146 | ) | | | (56,346 | ) | | | (274 | ) | | | (65,244 | ) | | | (467 | ) |
Gains on amounts due from bankruptcy estates | | | 4,216 | | | | 13 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | 3,105 | | | | 22 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Impairment | | | — | | | | — | | | | (242 | ) | | | (1 | ) | | | — | | | | — | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | (8,070 | ) | | | (24 | ) | | | (6,538 | ) | | | (32 | ) | | | (7,036 | ) | | | (50 | ) |
Other operating income | | | 93 | | | | — | | | | 362 | | | | 2 | | | | 17,780 | | | | 127 | |
| | |
Operating loss | | | (36,348 | ) | | | (108 | ) | | | (54,896 | ) | | | (267 | ) | | | (44,667 | ) | | | (319 | ) |
Interest and other income | | | 430 | | | | 1 | | | | 260 | | | | 1 | | | | 774 | | | | 6 | |
Interest expense | | | (13,118 | ) | | | (39 | ) | | | (8,199 | ) | | | (40 | ) | | | (4,395 | ) | | | (31 | ) |
Taxation | | | (510 | ) | | | (2 | ) | | | (666 | ) | | | (3 | ) | | | 241 | | | | 2 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
55
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | | Year Ended | | Year Ended |
| | December 31, 2006 | | December 31, 2005 | | December 31, 2004 |
| | | | % of | | | | % of | | | | % of |
| | $’000 | | revenue | | $’000 | | revenue | | $’000 | | revenue |
Net loss — continuing operations | | | (49,546 | ) | | | (148 | ) | | | (63,501 | ) | | | (309 | ) | | | (48,047 | ) | | | (343 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Discontinued operations: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Income from discontinued operations (including profit of US $10,622 in 2006 on disposal of Cybernet) | | | 10,698 | | | | 32 | | | | 129 | | | | 1 | | | | 869 | | | | 6 | |
Taxation | | | (11 | ) | | | — | | | | (6 | ) | | | — | | | | (1 | ) | | | — | |
| | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income from discontinued operations | | | 10,687 | | | | 32 | | | | 123 | | | | 1 | | | | 868 | | | | 6 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | |
Net loss | | | (38,859 | ) | | | (116 | ) | | | (63,378 | ) | | | (308 | ) | | | (47,179 | ) | | | (338 | ) |
| | |
Foreign Currency
We have exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies relative to the United States Dollar as a result of billing portions of our communications services revenue in Pounds Sterling and United States Dollars while many of our ongoing obligations, including a substantial portion of the costs of operating our network, are denominated in Pounds Sterling and Euros. In addition, our funding received under the Debt Financings was received in United States Dollars.
To hedge against this risk we exchanged our cash balances pro rata into those currencies in which we anticipated our expenditure to occur.
Inflation
We do not believe that inflation has had a significant effect on our operations to date.
Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared with the year ended December 31, 2005
The following discussion provides a comparison of the results of operations of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2006 with the year ended December 31, 2005.
Revenue
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized revenues from continuing operations of US$33.5 million compared to US$20.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of 63%. The increase was primarily due to organic growth in our sales to UK retail customers and the recognition of annual income arising from the Global Voice Transaction.
Our revenues have been derived primarily from the provision of telecommunications services in the UK and Europe. These services are marketed and sold to different classes of customer on a wholesale or retail basis. By wholesale customers, we generally refer to other telecommunications companies (or “carriers”) and by retail customers we generally refer to SME customers. The majority of our revenues are billed based on a periodic billing basis, monthly, quarterly or annually,
56
based upon contracted service fees. A small percentage of our revenues, such as access fees to our collocation facilities, are billed based upon specific service requests from our customers and certain revenues, such as our roaming Internet access service and our call charges relating to VoIP are billed on a usage basis.
Revenue from communications services in the year ended December 31, 2006 was US$31.7 million or 94% of total revenue, an increase, due to increased sales volumes, of 70% on communications services revenues from the year ended December 31, 2005, which was US$18.6 million or 90% of total revenue.
Operations and maintenance fees are revenues that we derive from customers who have in the past purchased certain interests in network capacity. Such revenues are contracted at the time of initial purchase and reflect charges that we make to such customers for the ongoing maintenance of their portion of the network capacity they have purchased.
Revenue from operations and maintenance fees in the year ended December 31, 2006 was US$1.8 million, or 6% of total revenue for such period, while for the year ended December 31, 2005, total operations and maintenance fee revenue was US$2.0 million, or 10% of total revenue for that period.
Each revenue source has a different impact on our results of operations. As a consequence of our network assets, the costs of which are not generally included in cost of sales, our wholesale connectivity services provide increased gross profit margins; by contrast, our retail revenues are generally more reliant upon services acquired from third parties with a corresponding depressive effect on our gross profit margins.
Cost of Sales
Our cost of services and sales can be classified into three general categories: access costs, backbone network costs and installation costs.
Access costs generally represent the costs associated with providing connections between a customer’s premises and the closest access point on our network. Access costs vary depending upon the distance from our network to the customer’s premises and from country to country.
Backbone network costs represent the recurring third-party costs of providing connectivity to locations where we do not own our own network infrastructure.
Installation costs represent the initial non-recurring costs of connecting customers to our network, and include third-party connection fees, as well as the cost of equipment located at customers’ premises.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we incurred cost of sales on continuing operations of US$17.0 million, or 51% of total revenue for such period, an increase of 34% compared to US$12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 or 62% of total revenue for such period. The reason for this increase was primarily related to the increased revenue of the Company.
The gross margin generated by the revenues and related costs of services and sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 was 49%, while for the year ended December 31, 2005 it was 38%. This increase reflects the trend towards selling higher gross margin retail products, such as co-location
57
and VoIP services which generally do not depend upon the supply of third party connectivity services.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Our selling, general and administrative expenses include network property lease and related costs, periodic ROW and wayleave costs, repair and maintenance costs, advertising and promotional costs, all employee costs, bad debt expense, and overhead costs associated with our headquarters, back-office, NOC and sales offices.
A significant proportion of our total selling, general and administrative expenses is currently accounted for by costs which are related to the continuing operation of our network; such costs are unavoidable if we continue to operate the network on its current footprint and level of service.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we incurred selling, general and administrative expenses of US$49.0 million, a decrease of 13% compared to US$56.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses principally arises from reduced employee costs due to lower headcount and reduced marketing expenditure following, in particular, the conclusion of the virtual Internet service provider (“VISP”) marketing campaign in 2005.
Gains on Amounts due from Bankruptcy Estates
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized US$4.2 million in respect of gains on amounts due from bankruptcy estates, compared to US$nil for the year ended December 31, 2005. These items arose from the Predecessor’s position as a significant creditor in the estates of several of its subsidiaries which were forced to enter into bankruptcy proceedings. The final amounts to be received ultimately depend upon the success of the liquidation processes and are considered pre-confirmation contingencies in accordance with AICPA Practice Bulletin 11. Subsequent revisions to the pre-confirmation contingencies are reported in the statement of operations.
Gains on amounts due from bankruptcy estates may continue to occur until such bankruptcy estates are finally liquidated, which is anticipated during 2007. Due to their nature, such gains are unpredictable in size and timing.
Impairment
For the year ended December 31, 2006 there was no impairment charge. For the year ended December 31, 2005 there was an impairment of US$0.2 million in respect of the write down of our VISP assets.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense includes charges relating to depreciation of property and equipment, which consist principally of our fiber-optic network, as well as telecommunications related equipment such as leasehold improvements at our POPs, furniture and equipment and amortization of intangible assets. We depreciate our network over periods ranging from five to twenty years and amortize our intangible assets over periods ranging from two to five years.
58
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded depreciation and amortization expense of US$8.1 million, an increase of 23% over the US$6.5 million recorded in the year ended December 31, 2005; the increase was principally due to the inclusion of depreciation and amortization expense with respect to the metropolitan network assets acquired from Global Voice – see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Global Voice Transaction”.
Other Operating Income
Other operating income of US$0.1 million represents the recharge of certain regulatory fees and sale of equipment to third parties, compared with the US$0.4 million recorded in the year ended December 31, 2005 which represented the sale of equipment to third parties.
Operating Loss
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded an operating loss of US$36.3 million, an improvement of US$18.6 million over the loss of US$54.9 million recorded in 2005.
Interest and Other Income
Interest was earned on cash balances held by certain of the Group’s subsidiaries, which have been invested principally in overnight, week-to-week or month-to-month treasury deposits.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized interest income of US$0.4 million, an increase of US$0.1 million from the US$0.3 million interest income recognized for the year ended December 31, 2005. The interest income increase was due to the higher average cash balances being held by the Group in 2006 compared with 2005.
Interest Expense
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded interest expense of US$13.1 million, an increase of US$4.9 million from the US$8.2 million interest expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2005. This principally accrued on the 2004 Notes which bear interest at 8% per annum, together with interest accrued on the Senior Increasing Rate Notes as issued on July 1, 2005, March 14, 2006 and December 21, 2006 which have an effective interest rate of 13.8%, 13.8% and 13.1%, respectively. Interest expense was also recognized as a result of amortization of the deferred financing costs associated with the issuance of the 2004 Notes, and on the unwinding of the discount on the 2004 Notes arising as a consequence of recognizing the beneficial conversion feature.
Net Loss from Continuing Operations
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded a net loss from continuing operations of US$49.6 million, an improvement of US$13.9 million over the net loss of US$63.5 million recorded in 2005.
Discontinued Operations
59
For the year ended December 31, 2006, net income from our discontinued operations amounted to US$10.7 million, including profit on disposal of Cybernet, an increase of US$10.6 million over the net income of US$0.1 million recorded in 2005.
Capital Expenditure
In 2006 capital expenditure decreased by US$2.7 million to US$2.0 million from US$4.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. Capital expenditure incurred in 2006 was predominately incurred in the acquisition of computer hardware and IP equipment. Notwithstanding a decrease in capital expenditure, the value of the fixed assets increased in 2006, due principally to the acquisition by the Company of the metropolitan network assets under the Global Voice Transaction, valued in the consolidated financial statements at $16.9 million – see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Global Voice Transaction”.
Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared with the year ended December 31, 2004
The following discussion provides a comparison of the results of operations of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2005 with the year ended December 31, 2004.
Revenue
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we recognized revenues from continuing operations of US$20.6 million compared to US$14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an increase of 47%. The increase was primarily due to organic growth in our sales to UK retail customers.
Our revenues were derived primarily from the provision of telecommunications services in the UK and Europe. These services are marketed and sold to different classes of customer on a wholesale or retail basis. By wholesale customers, we generally refer to other telecommunications companies (or “carriers”) and by retail customers, we generally refer to SME customers. The majority of our revenues are billed based on a periodic billing basis, monthly, quarterly or annually, based upon contracted service fees. A small percentage of our revenues, such as access fees to our collocation facilities, are billed based upon specific service requests from our customers and certain revenues, such as our roaming Internet access service and our call charges relating to VoIP are billed on a usage basis.
Revenue from communications services in the year ended December 31, 2005 was US$18.6 million or 90% of total revenue, an increase of 53% on communications services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004, which was US$12.1 million or 87% of total revenue.
Operations and maintenance fees are revenues that we derive from customers who have in the past purchased certain interests in network capacity. Such revenues are contracted at the time of initial purchase and reflect charges that we make to such customers for the ongoing maintenance of their portion of the network capacity they have purchased.
Revenue from operations and maintenance fees in the year ended December 31, 2005 was US$2.0 million, or 10% of total revenue for such period, while for the year ended December 31, 2004, total operations and maintenance fee revenue was US$1.8 million, or 13% of total revenue for that period.
60
Each revenue source has a different impact on our results of operations. As a consequence of our network assets, the costs of which are not generally included in cost of sales, our wholesale connectivity services provide increased gross profit margins. Our retail revenues are more reliant upon services acquired from third parties.
Cost of Sales
Our cost of services and sales can be classified into three general categories: access costs, backbone network costs and installation costs.
Access costs generally represent the costs associated with providing connections between a customer’s premises and the closest access point on our network. Access costs vary depending upon the distance from our network to the customer’s premises and from country to country.
Backbone network costs represent the recurring third-party costs of providing connectivity to locations where we do not own our own network infrastructure.
Installation costs represent the initial non-recurring costs of connecting customers to our network, and include third-party connection fees, as well as the cost of equipment located at customers’ premises.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we incurred costs of sales of US$12.7 million, or 62% of total revenue for such period, an increase of 75% compared to US$7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 or 52% of total revenue for such period. The reason for this increase was primarily related to the increased revenue of the Company.
The gross margin generated by the revenues and related costs of services and sales for the year ended December 31, 2005 was 38%, while for the year ended December 31, 2004 it was 48%. This decline reflects the increased focus on sales to retail customers, a business which offers lower margins than those the Company can achieve when selling on-network wholesale connectivity services as a consequence of the reliance upon third-party carriers to deliver retail services.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Our selling, general and administrative expenses include network property lease and related costs, periodic ROW and wayleave costs, repair and maintenance costs, advertising and promotional costs, all employee costs, bad debt expense, and overhead costs associated with our headquarters, back-office, NOC and sales offices.
A significant proportion of our total selling, general and administrative expenses is currently accounted for by costs which are related to the continued operation of our network; such costs are unavoidable if we continue to operate the network on its current footprint and level of service.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we incurred selling, general and administrative expenses of US$56.3 million, a decrease of 14% compared to US$65.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
61
Reduced headcount in UK and European sales staff contributed US$2.9 million, or 4%, of the decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses. The stronger US dollar resulted in a further decrease in reported expenses of approximately US$5.0 million, or 10%.
Gains on Amounts due from Bankruptcy Estates
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we recognized US$nil in respect of gains on amounts due from bankruptcy estates, compared to US$3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. These items arose from the Predecessor’s position as a significant creditor in the estates of several of its subsidiaries which were forced to enter into bankruptcy proceedings. The final amounts to be received ultimately depend upon the success of the liquidation processes and are considered pre-confirmation contingencies in accordance with AICPA Practice Bulletin 11. Subsequent revisions to the pre-confirmation contingencies are reported in the statement of operations.
Impairment
For the year ended December 31, 2005 there was an impairment of US$0.2 million in respect of the write down of our VISP assets. We did not incur any expense for impairment for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense includes charges relating to depreciation of property and equipment, which consist principally of our fiber-optic network, as well as telecommunications related equipment such as leasehold improvements at our POPs, furniture and equipment and amortization of intangible assets. We depreciate our network over periods ranging from five to twenty years and amortize our intangible assets over periods ranging from two to five years.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we recorded depreciation and amortization expense of US$6.5 million, a decrease of 7% over the US$7.0 million recorded in the year ended December 31, 2004.
Other Operating Income
Other operating income of US$0.4 million represents the sale of equipment to third parties, compared with the US$17.8 million recorded in the year ended December 31, 2004 which represented settlement of our claim with Easynet.
Operating Loss
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we recorded an operating loss of US$54.9 million, a deterioration of US$10.2 million over the loss of $44.7 million recorded in 2004 which had a non-recurring benefit of US$17.8 million from Easynet.
Interest and Other Income
Interest was earned on cash balances held by certain of the Group’s subsidiaries, which were invested principally in overnight, week-to-week or month-to-month treasury deposits.
62
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we recognized interest income of US$0.3 million, a decrease of US$0.5 million from the US$0.8 million interest income recognized for the year ended December 31, 2004. The interest income decrease was due to the lower average cash balances being held by the Group in 2005 compared with 2004.
Interest Expense
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we recorded interest expense of US$8.2 million, an increase of US$3.8 million from the US$4.4 million interest expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2004. This principally accrued on the 2004 Notes which bear interest at 8% per annum, together with interest accrued on the Senior Increasing Rate Notes which were issued on July 1, 2005, and which bore interest at an effective rate of 13.8% in the year. Interest expense was also recognized as a result of amortization of the deferred financing costs associated with the issuance of the 2004 Notes, and on the unwinding of the discount on the 2004 Notes arising as a consequence of recognizing the beneficial conversion feature.
Net Loss from Continuing Operations
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we recorded a net loss from continuing operations of US$63.5 million, a deterioration of US$15.5 million over the net loss of US$48.0 million recorded in 2004.
Discontinued Operations
For the year ended December 31, 2005, net income from our discontinued operations amounted to US$0.1 million, a deterioration of US$0.8 million over the net income of US$0.9 million recorded in 2004.
Capital Expenditure
In 2005 capital expenditure increased by 22% to US$4.7 million from US$3.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. Capital expenditure incurred in 2005 included US$1.0 million for the Nortel VoIP switch and related services. The balance of expenditure was predominately incurred in the acquisition of computer hardware and IP equipment.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company and the Predecessor have experienced significant net losses from operations and negative cash flows from operations for most of their history. We are currently operating at a net loss and experiencing negative cash flows through the current year to date and expect to continue to do so as we continue to implement the Viatel Business Plan and to expand our business.
Operating cash outflows for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 amounted to US$21.8 million and US$32.6 million respectively. Financing activities during 2006 generated gross proceeds of US$21.8 million from the issue of new loan notes. Further loan notes of US$13.0 million were issued in April 2007.
As of June 21, 2007, our available cash amounted to US$7.1 million with the majority held in Pounds Sterling. As of December 31, 2006, our available cash amounted to US$16.2 million and as
63
of December 31, 2005, our overdraft amounted to US$4.4 million. Since the Effective Date, we have met our cash requirements through financings from the Investors, sales of assets (including the sale of Cybernet in 2006 at a profit (by reference to the consideration paid for the underlying business and assets in 2003)), the recovery of funds through the Plan of Reorganization, recoveries from the bankruptcy proceedings of certain subsidiaries of the Predecessor, interest income on short-term investments and trade receipts.
Under the Global Voice Transaction, the Company received €18.5 million (US$23.6 million) on June 21, 2006; Global Voice has also committed to contribute up to €4.1 million (US$5.4 million approximately) per annum in respect of network operating costs; this commitment starts as of June 21, 2007. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Global Voice Transaction”.
Our current business plan projections indicate that we will not generate positive cash flows on a monthly basis until early 2009 unless we are successful in completing a further asset sale transaction, and/or implementing our Revised Wholesale Strategy (see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Viatel Business Plan – Wholesale”), and/or obtaining further third party investment, and/or acquiring retail assets which enhance our retail financial performance.
The Company is currently engaged in discussions with third parties regarding potential investment in the Company’s business, which would generate additional receipts that might reduce the need for any further funding from the Investors and/or other parties. No assurance, however, can be given that any such investments will be consummated and/or that the Company, to the extent required, will be able to secure additional financing (whether to fund its operations and/or potential acquisitions). If the Company does not obtain acceptable funding and/or is unable to complete any cash generative corporate transactions, the Directors will be forced to reduce dramatically cash requirements or to raise cash, by discounting or disposing of existing development programmes or business operations, by selling assets or otherwise. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. If these measures were to be inadequate to cover the Company’s cash needs, the Company would likely become insolvent.
Our cash requirements and financial resources may vary significantly from our current operating budgets and financial forecasts, however, based on many factors. These factors include those set forth under the caption “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors” in this Form 20-F.
Commitments
The following table provides a summary of our expected obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts, contractual obligations and commercial commitments as at December 31, 2006:
Contractual Obligations
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | Less than 1 | | | | | | | | | | More than 5 |
US$’000 | | TOTAL | | year | | 1-3 years | | 3-5 years | | years |
| | |
Standby maintenance contracts | | | 19,508 | | | | 4,883 | | | | 2,445 | | | | 1,919 | | | | 10,261 | |
Operating leases | | | 35,598 | | | | 5,832 | | | | 7,797 | | | | 6,209 | | | | 15,760 | |
64
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | Less than 1 | | | | | | | | | | More than 5 |
| | TOTAL | | year | | 1-3 years | | 3-5 years | | years |
| | |
Loan note payments | | | 175,563 | | | | — | | | | 62,911 | | | | — | | | | 112,652 | |
Interest on loan notes | | | 4,986 | | | | — | | | | 4,452 | | | | — | | | | 534 | |
| | |
Total contractual cash commitments | | | 235,655 | | | | 10,715 | | | | 77,605 | | | | 8,128 | | | | 139,207 | |
| | |
Future contractual obligations under standby maintenance contracts and operating leases are expected to be satisfied through ongoing financing and operating cashflows. Loan and future interest payments are expected to be satisfied either through ongoing financing and/or the Refinancing, operating cashflows or through the exercise, at the noteholders’ behest, of the conversion of the loan notes and accumulated interest into equity. The contractual commitment to make future interest payments assumes interest obligations are paid in cash and not met through the conversion of accrued interest into additional loan notes.
Research and Development and Capital Expenditures
The following table summarizes our capital expenditure and research and development from the 2004 fiscal year through to December 31, 2006. During 2006, capital expenditure was predominantly incurred in the acquisition of computer hardware and IP equipment. The Company also continued its development activity in respect of VoIP product lines and underlying network and technical solutions.
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year ended | | Year ended | | Year ended |
US$’000 | | December 31, 2006 | | December 31, 2005 | | December 31, 2004 |
| | |
Capital expenditure | | | 1,922 | | | | 4,707 | | | | 3,847 | |
Research and development | | | 876 | | | | 1,321 | | | | 1,093 | |
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” (“SFAS No. 155”), which amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS No. 133”) and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 140”). SFAS No. 155 provides guidance to simplify the accounting for certain hybrid instruments by permitting fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative, as well as clarifying that beneficial interests in securitized financial assets are subject to SFAS 133. In addition, SFAS No. 155 eliminates a restriction on the passive derivative instruments that a qualifying special-purpose entity may hold under SFAS No. 140. SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired, issued or subject to a new basis occurring after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company believes that the adoption of this statement will not have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 ‘Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109’ (“FIN 48”). The interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also
65
provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, disclosure and transition. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of FIN 48 will have on its financial position and results of operations. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”) to provide a single definition of fair value, being a market-based measurement, and set out a fair value hierarchy. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after 15 November 2007. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on its financial position and results of operations.
In November 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached consensus on Issue No. 06-6, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Convertible Debt Instruments” (“EITF 06-6”). EITF 06-6 concludes that the change in the fair value of an embedded conversion option resulting from an exchange of debt instruments or a modification in the terms of an existing debt instrument should not be included in the cash flow test used to determine whether the terms of the new debt instrument are substantially different from the terms of the original debt instrument under EITF No. 96-19, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments” (“EITF 96-19”). A separate analysis must be performed if the cash flow test under EITF 96-19 does not result in a conclusion that a substantial modification or an exchange has occurred. This consensus supersedes the consensus in EITF Issue No. 05-7, “Accounting for Modifications to Conversion Options Embedded in Debt Instrument and Related Issues” and it applies to modifications or exchanges of debt instruments that occur in interim or annual reporting periods beginning after November 29, 2006. The adoption of EITF 06-6 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
In November 2006, the EITF reached consensus on Issue No. 06-7, “Issuer’s Accounting for a Previously Bifurcated Conversion option in a Convertible Debt Instrument When the Conversion Option No Longer Meets the Bifurcation Criteria in Statement 133” (“EITF 06-7”). EITF 06-7 concludes that an entity should reclassify to shareholder’s equity the carrying value of a previously bifurcated conversion option liability that no longer meets the bifurcation criteria SFAS No. 133. The debt discount recorded at issuance should continue to be amortised over the remaining term of the instrument. Upon conversion of an instrument in the scope of EITF 06-7, any remaining unamortized discount should be immediately recognized as interest expense. Upon extinguishment, a portion of the reacquisition price should be allocated to equity based on the fair value of the conversion option at the extinguishment date with the remaining amount being allocated to debt to determine the extinguishment gain or loss. This applies to all bifurcated conversion option sin convertible debt instruments that no longer meet the bifurcation criteria in SFAS No. 133 in periods beginning after December 15, 2006, regardless of when the debt instrument was issued. The adoption of EITF 06-7 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”(“SFAS No. 159”) – including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. This Statement permits entities to choose to elect, at specified election dates, to measure eligible financial instruments at fair value. Unrealised gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected would be reported in net income at each subsequent reporting date, and upfront costs and fees related to those items would be recognized in net income as incurred and not deferred. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after 15 November 2007, although entities electing to adopt the statement early, which is permissible from 1 January 2007, may designate certain items retrospectively. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the
66
impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will have on its financial position and results of operations.
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
Directors and Senior Management
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our Directors and senior management as of May 31, 2007:
| | | | | | | | |
Name | | Age | | Date of Appointment | | Position |
|
Leslie Goodman | | | 61 | | | July 24, 2002 | | Chairman of the Board (1), (2), (5) |
Lucy Woods | | | 48 | | | May 9, 2003 | | Chief Executive Officer and Director |
S. Dennis Belcher | | | 66 | | | August 8, 2002 | | Director (1), (2), (5) |
Kevin Power | | | 53 | | | October 25, 2002 | | Director (1), (2), (5) |
Thomas E. Doster IV | | | 38 | | | August 8, 2002 | | Director (2), (3) |
Iain Burnett | | | 43 | | | December 7, 2005 | | Director (3) |
Didier Delepine | | | 59 | | | December 7, 2005 | | Director (5) |
Steve Best | | | 40 | | | July 25, 2004 | | Chief Technical Officer |
Stuart Blythe | | | 42 | | | September 29, 2003 | | Senior Vice President and General Counsel (4) |
Andrew Court | | | 44 | | | August 29, 2006 | | Chief Financial Officer (4) |
| | |
(1) | | Member of the Audit Committee. |
|
(2) | | Member of the Remuneration Committee. |
|
(3) | | Serves as representative of Morgan Stanley. |
|
(4) | | Member of the Disclosure Committee. |
|
(5) | | Member of the Financing Committee. |
Leslie Goodman.Mr. Goodman has served as our non-executive Chairman since April 2003. Prior to assuming such position, Mr. Goodman served as a Director of the Company from July 2002. Mr. Goodman is a UK non-practising qualified solicitor who has spent over 25 years in the investment banking and insurance industries. He has been a director of investment banks Hill Samuel and Barclays de Zoete Wedd, and Chief Executive Officer of ACE Global Markets the UK business of ACE Limited, a Bermuda-based, NYSE-listed insurance group. He currently serves as a director of a number of other companies.
Lucy Woods.Mrs. Woods has served as our Chief Executive Officer since May 2003. Mrs. Woods has over 20 years of telecommunications experience in the UK and European markets. From 1999 to 2003, she was Senior Vice President for MCI Europe, Middle East and Africa. Prior to that,
67
she was a senior executive at British Telecom, where she held the posts of CEO of British Telecom Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland. Mrs. Woods was a member of the Patten Commission for Policing in Northern Ireland. Mrs. Woods holds an Honours Degree in Mechanical Engineering from Imperial College, University of London.
S. Dennis Belcher.Mr. Belcher has served as a Director of the Company since August 2002. Mr. Belcher has 44 years of experience in banking in the United Kingdom, United States and Canada. At the time of his retirement in March 2002, he was Executive Vice President, Credit and Risk Management and a member of the Loan Policy Committee at the Bank of Nova Scotia. Mr. Belcher’s other directorships include Rand McNally and Company and Stelco Inc., a publicly listed Canadian steel company. Mr. Belcher is an Associate of the Institute of Bankers (UK), a graduate of the Stonier School of Banking and a Fellow of the Insolvency Institute of Canada.
Kevin Power.Mr. Power has served as a Director of the Company since October 2002. He was Chairman of ECTA, the European Competitive Telecommunications Association, from 2000 to 2007 and has been Chairman of the Supervisory Board of OneAccess since 2005. Mr. Power was previously a member of the Board of Universal Access, Inc. from 2000-2003. He has over 25 years experience as a senior telecommunications executive in a number of companies, including GTS, Orion Network Systems and Intelsat.
Didier Delepine.Mr. Delepine has served as a Director of the Company since December 2005. He has had a distinguished career in the telecommunications industry culminating in his role as President and Chief Executive Officer of Equant N.V., a leading provider of data, global networking and managed communications solutions for multinational organisations. Prior to Equant, Mr. Delepine occupied several executive positions with SITA, the network and IT services provider to the airline industry. Mr. Delepine is currently a member of the board of advisors of Ciena, the optical equipment manufacturer. He is also a director of Mercator Partners, a Virginia based telecommunications venture, and of Orbcomm the global satellite data communications company focusing on assets monitoring and machine-to-machine communications.
Thomas E. Doster IV.Mr. Doster has served as a Director of the Company since August 2002. He is the Managing Director in the Principal Investment Group at Morgan Stanley and was the Chairman of the Predecessor’s creditors’ committee. Mr. Doster has over 15 years experience in the fields of High Yield and Distressed Debt at Morgan Stanley and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Iain Burnett.Mr. Burnett has served as a Director of the Company since December 2005. He is a Managing Director at Morgan Stanley in London and has 20 years of experience in European private equity and financial restructurings. Since 2003 Mr. Burnett has worked for Morgan Stanley where he is responsible for European Special Situations investments.
Steve Best.Mr. Best joined Viatel as Chief Technology Officer in July 2004. Previously, Mr. Best held a number of senior positions with the MCI group including Vice President of Marketing and head of Engineering and Technology for MCI Europe, Middle East and Africa; his responsibilities while at MCI included the design of MCI’s pan-European voice network and the product development and marketing of the company’s voice, data and IP portfolio across 19 European countries. Before MCI, Mr. Best spent seven years with BT in engineering, marketing
68
and product management. He holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Management Science from Lancaster University.
Stuart Blythe.Mr. Blythe has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since September 2003. Prior to joining us he was Vice President and General Counsel for MCI Europe, Middle East and Africa from 1997-2003. From 1989 until 1997 he practised with the law firms Theodore Goddard and Coudert Brothers LLP, both in London and in New York, specialising in mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures and general corporate law matters. He is qualified both as a Solicitor of the Supreme Court of England and Wales and as an Attorney-at-law in the State of New York.
Andrew Court.Mr Court joined Viatel as our Chief Financial Officer in August 2006. Prior to joining us he was Finance Director for NextiraOne UK. He has extensive experience within the telecommunications sector, including three years as Chief Financial Officer for Accenture-owned, Imagine Broadband, and eight years with Cable & Wireless plc. During his time at Cable & Wireless, he held a range of senior corporate finance, strategy and M&A positions, both in the UK and overseas, including three years at Optus Communications in Australia. He qualified as a Chartered Accountant with BDO Binder Hamlyn and holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Finance.
There is no family relationship between any of the foregoing persons. Certain Directors became Directors pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization. Otherwise, there are no specific agreements, arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others, pursuant to which any of the foregoing persons were selected as a Director or executive officer.
Compensation
We pay an annual fee to any non-employee independent Chairman of the Board of US$100,000 in cash and to independent non-employee Directors in the amount of US$33,000 in cash, paid in quarterly instalments. Chairmen of Committees of the Board receive an additional US$10,000 per year per chairmanship, paid in quarterly instalments. In addition, independent non-employee Directors also receive US$1,200 for each Board Meeting attended in person and held separately. Directors who are also our employees are not separately compensated for serving on the Board. Directors are reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board and Committee Meetings.
The total aggregate compensation for the Board as a group for 2006 was US$260,550. The total aggregate compensation of all executive officers of the Company as a group for 2006 was US$3.3 million. During 2006, no options to purchase ordinary shares were granted to executive officers under the Equity Incentive Plan (see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Equity Incentive Plan and Employee Benefit Trust”). Included in the total aggregate compensation for our Board and executive officers for 2006 was US$52,400 to provide for pension and other retirement benefits.
Mr. Brian McArthur Muscroft, our previous Chief Financial Officer, resigned in 2006 with his contract of employment terminating as at June 19, 2006.
For the full year the Board has approved a contribution to the EBT, in an aggregate amount of US$277,365, with a recommendation that such contribution be allocated to the sub-fund established for the benefit of Mrs Woods (and her family). The Remuneration Committee of the Board (as to which see “– Board Practices” below) has further recommended the payment of an additional bonus for 2006 to Mrs. Woods in the amount of US$294,000; as of June 29, 2007, agreement has yet to be reached with respect to this further proposed payment.
As of December 31, 2006 there were no options outstanding under the Equity Incentive Plan. The Company does not intend to make any further grants under its Equity Incentive Plan and intends to terminate the Equity Incentive Plan in 2007.
69
Board Practices
Board of Directors
Our Board is currently comprised of seven Directorships. In connection with the April 2004 Financing, various changes to our Bye-Laws were approved and adopted by shareholder resolution at the Special General Meeting of the Company held on April 6, 2004 (the “April 2004 SGM”) which have a material impact on the powers and procedures relating to the appointment and removal of Directors. Effectively, the Investors have the power to appoint a majority of the Board at any one time. Under the Bye-Laws, Värde, Ahab Capital Management, Inc, CFSC Wayland Advisers, Inc. and certain affiliated entities who purchased 2004 Notes, each have the right to appoint one non-voting representative to attend all meetings of the Board until such time as they collectively beneficially own less than ten percent of the then outstanding common shares of the Company. In connection with the April 2004 Financing, the Company granted the Investors certain registration rights to cause the Company under certain circumstances to register the common shares issuable upon conversion of the 2004 Notes under a registration statement to be filed with the U.S. SEC. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Financing” and “Item 10. Further Information – Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws”.
Our Bye-Laws provide that at the second Annual General Meeting of the Company, all of the Directors (other than any holding executive office) are to retire from office, and at every subsequent Annual General Meeting one-half of the Directors who are subject to retirement by rotation or, if their number is not two or a multiple of two, the number nearest to but not more than one-half shall retire from office. The Directors to retire shall be those who have been longest in office since their last appointment or reappointment, but as between persons who became or were last reappointed Directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. As a result of the Bye-Law amendments adopted by shareholders’ resolution at the April 2004 SGM in connection with the April 2004 Financing, the Bye-Law in relation to retirement by rotation is not applicable for so long as the Special Share is outstanding (see “Item 10. Further Information – Description of Share Capital — Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws”). As a result Bermuda law applies and each Director is appointed at the relevant annual general meeting and serves until reappointed at the following AGM or until their successors are appointed, unless they are earlier removed or resign.
We have not entered into any service agreements providing for benefits to our Directors upon termination of their Directorships.
70
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our Board has established three standing committees, namely a Remuneration Committee, an Audit Committee and a Disclosure Committee. The current members of the Remuneration Committee are Messrs. Belcher, Doster, Goodman and Power (with Mr. Power being the appointed Chairman); the current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Belcher, Goodman and Power (with Mr. Belcher being the appointed Chairman); the current members of the Disclosure Committee are Messrs. Blythe, Flore, Court and Ms. Laura King (with the Chairman appointed on a meeting by meeting basis).
The Remuneration Committee reviews annual policy matters relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and decides compensation and benefits matters for officers and administers our Equity Incentive Plan and the EBT. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Equity Incentive Plan and Employee Benefit Trust”. None of our executive officers currently serves on the Remuneration Committee of another entity or any other committee of the board of another entity performing functions similar to the Remuneration Committee. No interlocking relationships exist between our Board or our Remuneration Committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company.
The Audit Committee consists of three independent Directors and meets at least 3 times a year. Its role is to recommend to our Board the firm of independent public accountants to audit our financial statements, review with management and the independent accountants our year-end operating results, consider the adequacy of our internal controls and audit procedures and review the non-audit services to be performed by the independent accountants.
The Disclosure Committee was established pursuant to a written Disclosure Committee Charter approved by our Board. The Disclosure Committee Charter was adopted by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer at that time, Mr. Stephen Grist, and ratified by our Board by written Directors’ resolutions dated December 28, 2003. The Charter enumerates the Committee’s responsibilities, including designing disclosure controls, monitoring their effectiveness and supervising the preparation of our disclosure documents. Members of the Disclosure Committee oversee the gathering of information in connection with the preparation of the reports that we file under the Exchange Act, including this Form 20-F, and work to ensure the accuracy and completeness of our disclosures in such reports.
In addition to the three standing committees, in September 2006 the Board established the Financing Committee to consider the terms of any proposal on the part of the Investors (or the holders of a majority of the 2004 Notes) to convert all or any of the 2004 Notes into the Company’s common shares. The current members of the Financing Committee are Messrs Belcher, Delepine, Goodman and Power. No proposal has to date been received with respect to any such proposed conversion of the 2004 Notes.
Employees
The following tables set forth the number of full-time employees on a functional basis at the end of each of 2006, 2005 and 2004:
71
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2006 | | 2005 | | 2004 |
| | |
Engineering and Operations | | | 54 | | | | 47 | | | | 50 | |
Sales, Services and Marketing | | | 87 | | | | 107 | | | | 143 | |
Finance | | | 11 | | | | 12 | | | | 14 | |
Management Information Systems | | | 5 | | | | 12 | | | | 9 | |
Legal and Human Resources | | | 8 | | | | 8 | | | | 7 | |
Other | | | 1 | | | | 2 | | | | 2 | |
| | |
Total | | | 166 | | | | 188 | | | | 225 | |
| | |
As at May 31, 2007, the Company had 184 full-time employees, of which 57 are engaged in Engineering and Operations, 99 in Sales & Service and Marketing, 13 in Finance, 7 in Management Information Systems, 7 in Legal and Human Resources and one other to include the Chief Executive Officer. The breakdown of these 184 full-time employees by geographic location is as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
May 31, 2007 | | Total | | UK | | Belgium | | France | | Germany | | Netherlands |
Engineering & Operations | | | 57 | | | | 50 | | | | 1 | | | | 3 | | | | 1 | | | | 2 | |
Sales, Services and Marketing | | | 99 | | | | 95 | | | | — | | | | 1 | | | | 2 | | | | 1 | |
Finance | | | 13 | | | | 12 | | | | — | | | | 1 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Management Information Systems | | | 7 | | | | 7 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | |
Legal and Human Resources | | | 7 | | | | 7 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | |
Other | | | 1 | | | | 1 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | |
| | |
Total | | | 184 | | | | 172 | | | | 1 | | | | 5 | | | | 3 | | | | 3 | |
| | |
None of the foregoing employees including those referred in the table directly set out above is or was represented by a labour union or, save for the 5 employees employed by the French company, Viatel Operations SA, covered by a workers’ collective agreement.
Share Ownership
Beneficial Ownership of Executive Officers and Directors
As at May 31, 2006, none of our executive officers or directors reported any information to us concerning any related beneficial ownership of our common shares. For these purposes, beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the U.S. SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, common shares subject to options and warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days, are deemed outstanding. Such common shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
However, upon conversion of the 2004 Notes held by Mrs. Woods (including those additional notes issued to Mrs. Woods by way of interest under the terms of the April 2004 Financing), Mrs. Woods would beneficially own 413,123 common shares of the Company, assuming a conversion price of US$0.75 per share. This does not include those 2004 Notes allocated during 2005 and 2006 to the EBT sub-fund established for the benefit of Mrs. Woods and her family.
72
Mr. Thomas E. Doster IV and Mr. Iain Burnett are Directors of the Company, and Managing Directors of Morgan Stanley responsible for the Principal Investment Group and European Special Situations investments, respectively, and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own the common shares owned by Morgan Stanley. However Mr. Doster and Mr. Burnett disclaim any beneficial interest in the common shares owned by Morgan Stanley. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” for details of Morgan Stanley’s ownership.
Equity Incentive Plan and Employee Benefit Trust
On June 6, 2002, with Shareholder approval, the Board approved the terms of and adopted the Equity Incentive Plan which was designed to: (1) attract, retain and motivate participants; (2) provide incentive compensation opportunities to participants that are competitive with those of companies similarly situated; and (3) further align the interests of participants with those of our Shareholders. Such participants initially were the executive officers in place at the Effective Date, however it was anticipated that grants under the Equity Incentive Plan would be made to certain levels of management of the Company.
As of December 31, 2006 there were no options outstanding under the Equity Incentive Plan. The Company does not intend to make any further grants under its Equity Incentive Plan and intends to terminate the Equity Incentive Plan in 2007.
Both Mrs. Woods and Mr. Blythe were given a contractual commitment upon joining the Company in 2003, and Mr. Best was given a contractual commitment upon joining the Company in 2004, as to the grant of share options. No such options have been granted or issued or the requisite Board approval given. Instead the Company has offered each of these individuals the opportunity to participate in the EBT which has been set up by the Company. Each of the aforementioned officers have accepted participation in the EBT, on such terms as approved by the Board, in satisfaction of the Company’s obligations to grant share options and establish an equity compensation plan under the terms of their respective employment agreements.
Under the terms of the EBT, which was formally established on July 18, 2005, amounts are to be paid, in either cash or equity, for the benefit of these individuals (and their families) and other employees at the discretion of the Board in connection with specified “liquidity events” and/or by way of discretionary bonus awards. In respect of awards in relation to specified liquidity events, the value of such awards could potentially, in aggregate, equal 5% of the equity value of the Company (as such term is defined in the EBT) where the equity value is at least US$100 million and potentially up to 10% of the equity value, where the equity value is US$350 million or more (with interpolated values in between US$100 million and US$350 million on a pro rata basis). Awards under the EBT vested in tranches between April 21, 2005 and April 21, 2007 subject to the individual’s continued employment through each applicable vesting date.
The Instrument of Settlement establishing the EBT together with the EBT contribution covenant in relation to the Lucy Woods Dependent Trust and the form of EBT contribution covenant in relation to the Stuart Blythe and Steve Best Dependent Trusts were filed as exhibits to the 2005 20-F filing and are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
73
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares, as of May 31, 2007, by each person or entity known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our issued and outstanding common shares. Under Bermuda law the Company does not have to look past its register of members or their duly appointed proxies with regard to attendance and voting at general meetings of the Company. Neither is the Company obliged to recognize a person’s beneficial interest in shares held in trust. To this extent, beneficial owners of shares do not have the same voting rights as the registered holders of shares in the Company. All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished to us by the respective shareholders and/or by way of filings with the U.S. SEC.
| | | | | | |
| | | | Percentage of |
| | Amount and Nature of | | Outstanding |
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) | | Beneficial Ownership(1) | | Shares(2) |
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated(3) | | 1,621,562 common shares | | | 15.2 | % |
1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 | | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
The Värde Fund L.P.(4) | | 882,531 common shares | | | 8.3 | % |
8500 Normande Lake Blvd. #1570 | | | | | | |
Minneapolis MN 55437 | | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
Kanagawa Holdings, LLC(5) | | 691,850 common shares | | | 6.5 | % |
80 West 12thStreet | | | | | | |
New York, New York 10011-8660 | | | | | | |
|
| | |
1. | | Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the U.S. SEC. In computing the number of common shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, common shares subject to options and warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding. Such common shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, the Shareholder named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to our common shares set forth opposite such Shareholder’s name. |
|
2. | | Based on 10,630,000 common shares outstanding as of May 31, 2007. |
|
3. | | Information based on the Schedule 13D/A, dated April 17, 2007, of Morgan Stanley. As a result of the amendment of the 2004 Notes under the terms of, and subject to Morgan Stanley exercising its rights under, the Letter Agreement (and not taking into account any additional shares that may be issued to third parties in connection, in particular, with any conversion of the 2004 Notes pursuant to the terms of the Letter Agreement), Morgan Stanley will be deemed the beneficial owner of 60,532,651 shares (or 87.05% of the Company’s outstanding shares) comprised of: (1) the 1,621,562 common shares directly owned by Morgan Stanley; and (2) |
74
| | |
| | 58,911,089 common shares issuable upon conversion of $44,183,317 2004 Notes held by Morgan Stanley (comprising of $35,650,000 principal amount of 2004 Notes and $8,533,317 additional 2004 Notes representing accrued interest on the 2004 Notes up to the interest payment date of January 15, 2007), based on the lowest possible conversion price under the 2004 Notes of $0.75 per share. The exact number of common shares into which the 2004 Notes are convertible is not calculable at the present time because the conversion price used for such conversion is based upon a calculation of the total equity value of the Company, to be calculated at the time of conversion by the Board (subject to approval of the majority noteholders). See “Item. 4 Company Information – Description of Certain Indebtedness”. |
|
4. | | Information based on the Schedule 13G, dated February 11, 2005, of The Värde Fund L.P., The Värde Fund V L.P., The Värde Fund VI L.P., Värde Investment Partners L.P., The Värde Select Fund L.P., The Värde Fund (Cayman) Limited, The Värde Fund V GP LLC, The Värde Fund VI GP LLC, Värde Investment Partners GP LLC, Värde Partners L.P., Värde Partners Inc. and Värde Management International Inc., George G. Hicks, Gregory S. McMillan, Marcia L. Page. The address for The Värde Fund (Cayman) Limited is 2nd Floor Harbour Centre, P.O. Box 896, George Town BWI. All other entities can be contacted at the address listed in the table. As a result of any conversion of the 2004 Notes exercised pursuant to the terms of the Letter Agreement (and not taking into account any additional shares that may be issued to third parties in connection, in particular, with any conversion of the 2004 Notes pursuant to the terms of the Letter Agreement), Värde would be deemed the beneficial owner of 17,407,382 shares (or 64.1% of the Company’s outstanding shares) comprised of: (1) the 882,531 common shares directly owned by Värde; and (2) 16,524,851 common shares issuable upon conversion of $12,393,638 2004 Notes held by Värde (comprising of $10,000,000 principal amount of 2004 Notes and $2,393,638 additional 2004 Notes representing accrued interest on the 2004 Notes up to the interest payment date of January 15, 2007), based on the lowest possible conversion price under the 2004 Notes of $0.75 per share. The exact number of common shares into which the 2004 Notes are convertible is not calculable at the present time because the conversion price used for such conversion is based upon a calculation of the total equity value of the Company, to be calculated at the time of conversion by the Board (subject to approval of the majority noteholders). See “Item. 4 Company Information – Description of Certain Indebtedness”. |
|
5. | | Information based on the Schedule 13G, dated August 14, 2006, of Kanagawa Holdings, LLC, Honjo, Inc. and David Shuldiner. |
Related Party Transactions
Except as disclosed in these pages in relation to the issuance of the Senior Increasing Rate Notes in connection with the March 2006 Financing and the December 2006 Financing respectively, there were no transactions with related parties during the year ending December 31, 2006.
In connection with the April 2004 Financing, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Lucy Woods purchased 2004 Notes in the principal amounts of US$36.0 million, US$10.0 million and US$250,000 respectively. During 2006, additional 2004 Notes were issued in satisfaction of payment of accrued interest on the 2004 Notes in respective amounts of approximately US$3.2 million, US$0.9 million and US$22,000.
In connection with the July 2005 Financing, Morgan Stanley and Värde purchased July 2005 Senior Notes in the principal amounts of US$12.9 million and US$3.1 million, respectively. Under the terms of the March 2006 Financing, Stonehill purchased a pro rata share of the July 2005 Senior Notes from Morgan Stanley; this resulted in Morgan Stanley assigning US$306,220 of their
75
July 2005 Senior Notes to Stonehill. During 2006, additional July 2005 Senior Notes were issued to Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill in satisfaction of payment of accrued interest on the July 2005 Senior Notes in respective amounts of approximately US$1.7 million, US$0.4 million and US$30,000.
In connection with the March 2006 Financing, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill purchased March 2006 Senior Notes in the principal amounts of US$6.9 million, US$1.7 million and US$168,471 respectively. During 2006, additional March 2006 Senior Notes have been issued to Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill in satisfaction of payment of accrued interest on the March 2006 Senior Notes in respective amounts of approximately US$290,000, US$70,000 and US$7,000.
In connection with the December 2006 Financing, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill purchased December 2006 Senior Notes in the principal amounts of US$10.2 million, US$2.5 million and US$0.2 million, respectively.
In connection with the April 2007 Financing, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill purchased April 2007 Senior Notes in the principal amounts of US$10.3 million, US$2.5 million and US$0.2 million, respectively.
On June 27, 2007, the Company entered into the Amendment with Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill by which it was agreed that the maturity date of each of the Senior Notes be extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008. In consideration for such extension of the maturity date, it was further agreed that the interest rate applicable as at July 1, 2007 on each of the Senior Notes be increased by 1% per annum with effect from July 1, 2007.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
Financial Statements
We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18 of this Form 20-F as included on pages F-1 to F-32.
Legal Proceedings
In September 2003, the Company’s French subsidiary Viatel Operations SA (“Viatel Operations”) filed a claim for approximately €7.7 million (approximately US$10.1 million) in the Tribunal of Lille, France, against Voies Navigables de France (“VNF”), the owner of certain French waterways by whom Viatel Operations is currently charged in excess of €2.0 million (approximately US$2.6 million) annually in respect of ROW charges. The claim principally asserts that the ROW charges are discriminatory and should conform more closely to the charges levied by the highway and road authorities in France. On the basis that this claim was filed by way of an “opposition procedure”, Viatel Operations is entitled to withhold payment of ongoing charges as they fall due. On this basis Viatel Operations has withheld payment of ROW charges for each of the years 2004 through to 2007, amounting in aggregate to approximately €8.2 million (approximately US$10.8 million) in respect of withheld charges. While Viatel Operations has made an accounting accrual for these ROW charges, no cash accrual has been made. If Viatel Operations is unsuccessful in its claim, it will likely be required to pay all outstanding fees together
76
with interest, the interest being estimated to amount to approximately €150,000 (approximately US$198,000). Viatel Operations has not accrued for interest charges or other costs (additional to the repayment of withheld fees) that could result from an adverse decision.
Similar claims in respect of ROW charges were commenced against each of: (1) Societe Anonyme de Gestion des Eaux de Paris (“SAGEP”); (2) Ville de Paris (“VDP”); and (3) Compagnie Nationale du Rhône (“CNR”). The amounts of the claims being, respectively, approximately €1.2 million (approximately US$1.6 million) against SAGEP; approximately €1.4 million (approximately US$1.8 million) against VDP; and approximately €1.2 million (approximately US$1.6 million) against CNR.
In relation to the proceedings against SAGEP, Viatel Operations had again withheld payment of the fees due, although it had accrued (although not on a cash basis) for these charges. In July 2005, SAGEP terminated the network agreement (the “SAGEP Network Agreement”) under which Viatel Operations was permitted to have its network installed on SAGEP land. Viatel Operations applied for, and was granted, a suspension in relation to such termination pending a decision upon the merits of the case. In two judgments rendered on July 28, 2006, the Administrative Court of Paris: (1) rejected the claim of Viatel Operations as regards the fees; and (2) confirmed the termination of the SAGEP Network Agreement. Viatel Operations entered into a settlement agreement with SAGEP as of October 5, 2006, under which Viatel Operations agreed to pay all outstanding fees of approximately €540,000 (approximately US$713,000) and SAGEP withdrew its notice of termination of the SAGEP Network Agreement.
In relation to the action against CNR, by a judgement dated June 14, 2006, the Administrative Court of Lyon rejected the claims of Viatel Operations and ordered the company to pay to CNR the outstanding amounts due with respect to ROW charges that had been withheld (approximately €410,000 for 2004 (approximately US$541,000) and approximately €450,000 (approximately US$594,000) for 2005) plus interest. Viatel Operations lodged an appeal against this decision on August 25, 2006. The judgement of the Court of Appeal is not expected before 2008.
No decision has yet been rendered with respect to the legal proceedings against VDP; a final decision is now expected during 2007. All fees due to VDP have been paid in full such that no further monies would be payable were Viatel Operations to lose its claim for reimbursement.
It should be noted that the outcome of the outstanding legal claims with respect to the ROW charges may be substantially influenced by the implementation of a Government decree which, with effect from January 2006, imposed both a maximum fee level that the owners of the various waterways and sewers can charge with respect to the grant and use of ROWs on the public domain and an obligation on the relevant landowners to justify their fees on objective grounds.
Following the decree, in relation to the VNF claim, the court dealing with this matter appointed, with effect from January 2006, two experts to assess the level of fees that VNF can reasonably charge. It is anticipated that the report from the experts will be published at the beginning of 2008 with a final court decision to follow within a further nine months. The final outcome with respect to both proceedings cannot be predicted at this stage, although Viatel Operations has in the past received strong advice from counsel in support of its various claims.
77
Viatel Operations has previously been engaged in a dispute which arose as a result of the early termination of a lease agreement dated September 29, 1999. The lessor had claimed payment of: (1) an early termination indemnity in the amount of €30,000 (approximately US$40,000); and (2) the cost of fit-out works which, according to the lessor, Viatel Operations was under an obligation to perform under the lease. When the dispute first arose, the lessor chose to quantify the amount of the fit out works as €856,000 (approximately US$1.1 million). Viatel Operations denied that it was under any obligation to carry out the fit-out works, the lease being permissive in this regard, not obligatory. In February 2005, the lessor issued proceedings requesting payment of the early indemnity, a provisional payment from Viatel Operations of €70,000 (approximately US$92,000) for reinstating the property and, finally, the appointment of an expert by the French court in order to assess the cost of reinstating the property on the basis of the schedule of fit-out works appended to the lease. However, the lessor sold the property in 2005 and indicated that it would then amend its claim to seek to recover the capital loss it had suffered when it sold the premises, the allegedly required works not having been carried out. No indication of the quantum of such capital loss was given. Accordingly, the lessor withdrew its original claim in September 2005. Despite the indication that an amended claim would be made, no proceedings have been initiated with the court; the period within which an amended claim would be permitted expires in September 2007. No accrual has been made in relation to any potential liability connected to this dispute.
Viatel Operations was also in dispute regarding a second lease termination – this time with respect to the termination of a lease agreement dated May 4, 2000 relating to premises in St. Denis, France. The lessor was claiming the termination to be both procedurally and substantively defective, and was consequentially claiming the balance of all payments due under the lease, amounting in aggregate to €12.7 million (approximately US$16.8 million). Viatel Operations received strong advice in support of its position and, in addition to its defence, also filed a counter-claim for an indemnity of €13.4 million (approximately US$17.7 million). Both the lessor and Viatel Operations agreed in October 2006 on a mediation process. On March 29, 2007, the parties agreed to the following: (1) both parties waive their respective claim with no payment being due by either party; and (2) each party bears its own costs incurred in relation to the proceedings. The withdrawal of the respective proceedings was confirmed by judicial order of May 24, 2007.
The Company’s UK subsidiary, VTL (UK) Limited (“VTL (UK)”), was previously in dispute with a company which had provided it with financial advice, in particular with respect to its employee benefits programme. The financial advisor claimed in March 2005, an unlawful termination of its engagement with VTL (UK) and indicated a potential related damages claim of over £100,000 (approximately US$196,000). VTL (UK) has been advised that it has strong grounds both to defend any such claim and to bring a counterclaim in respect of the breach by the financial advisor of various express and implied contractual terms relating to its former engagement. No formal demand has to date been received from the claimant and no accrual has been made in relation to any potential liability connected to the dispute.
The Company’s UK subsidiary, Viatel Holding (Europe) Limited (“Viatel Europe”), is a defendant to an action brought by two companies Cityhook Limited and Cityhook (Cornwall) Limited (together “Cityhook”), which are claiming damages as a result of an alleged infringement of E.C. and/or UK competition law.
78
The dispute arises from the activities of the trade association, the UK Cable Protection Committee (“UKCPC”). Cityhook alleges that the UKCPC and certain of its members engaged: (1) in a boycott of Cityhook technology for landing submarine telecommunications cables, contrary to the rules prohibiting agreements with an anti-competitive object or effect (Chapter I of the Competition Act 1998 and/or Article 81 EC) and/or the rules prohibiting an abuse of a dominant position (Chapter II of the Competition Act 1998 and/or Article 82 EC); (2) in a “vertical restraint” imposed on potential Cityhook customers to boycott any company in the sub-sea cable laying chain having any commercial dealings with Cityhook, contrary to Chapter II of the Competition Act 1998 and/or Article 82 EC; and (3) in the tort of deceit by concealment of the events allegedly constituting the boycott and vertical restraint referred to above.
Cityhook commenced its claim in the High Court in England on March 24, 2006. Viatel Europe is named as one of a total of 24 defendants and Cityhook claims that it participated in the boycott and the deceit (but not the vertical restraint). The other defendants consist of the UKCPC and its members. Viatel Europe was only incorporated after the last alleged act of anti-competitive activity and had no involvement with it. However, Viatel U.K. Limited (In Liquidation), a former subsidiary of the Predecessor which has now been dissolved, did participate in meetings of the UKCPC at the relevant time. One of the issues in the dispute is whether any liability potentially owed by Viatel U.K. Limited (In Liquidation) may have passed to Viatel Europe.
Cityhook is claiming “not less than £300,000” (approximately US$588,000) in damages. Such damages have not yet been particularised and it is not possible at this stage to estimate the potential liability of Viatel Europe.
Cityhook’s pursuit of its claim followed a decision by the Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”) to close for administrative reasons in June 2006 its own investigation into the alleged competition law infringements. Cityhook’s claim in the High Court was stayed pending appellate review by the Competition Appeal Tribunal (“CAT”) of that decision. On April 3, 2007, the CAT ruled that the appeal to it was inadmissible.
Cityhook has agreed in principle that that the proceedings against Viatel Europe and other defendants should continue to be stayed until determination of all of the following: (1) any appeal by Cityhook against the decision of the CAT referred to above; (2) separate proceedings which have been brought by Cityhook in the High Court for judicial review of the OFT’s decision to close its investigation; and (3) any reference back to the OFT for further investigation.
No amounts have been accrued in respect of any of the claims brought by Cityhook.
Fiberlac, a company acting on its own behalf, and on behalf of other telecommunications operators including the Company’s Swiss subsidiary, Viaphone AG (“Viaphone”), has filed claims against three Swiss Cantons in relation to the build of a telecommunications network. The principal basis of the claim is that, in return for allowing the build to proceed, the cantons of Bern, Basle and Aargau insisted that they be given a duct in such build, either for free or for a consideration lower than the market value, the claim being based on provisions of the Swiss Telecommunications Act
79
including those dealing with the absence of compensation in case of access to public domain. The claims also seek to obtain a declaration of ownership of the ducts. Claims have been filed against all three cantons. Were the claims to be successful, Viaphone would be entitled, based on various agreements, on a pro rata basis (allocated pro rata by duct) to approximately CHF 10.0 million (approximately US$8.2 million) together with interest at 5% per annum from late 2000. The cantonal courts of Bern and Basle have recently dismissed the claims in relation to their respective cantons and Fiberlac lodged an appeal against these decisions with the Swiss Supreme Court. The cantonal court of Aargau has decided, in agreement with Fibrelac, to stay the proceedings until the Swiss Supreme Court decides on the above appeals since the legal issues are very similar, if not identical. The Swiss Supreme Court is expected to issue its decision at the earliest in the third quarter of 2007. In the event that Fibrelac succeeds on the merits, the matter will be sent back to the cantonal courts for the determination of the quantum of Fibrelac’s claims. In such case, either a settlement would be reached with the cantons which would allow for the disputes to be expedited or the proceedings would continue for an additional period of about two years.
The Company’s Dutch subsidiary Viatel Global Communications B.V. (“VGC”) has on its own account re-located certain network infrastructure in connection with the reconstruction of the A-12 highway. VGC (and other like operators) claim that the Dutch State (the “State”) is liable to pay the relocation costs; the State denies any liability in this regard. The amount claimed by VGC to date is approximately €180,000 (approximately US$ 238,000). Apart from the civil proceedings, VGC and the other operators have requested that OPTA, issue its own decision regarding the relocation costs.
KPN Telecom B.V. (“KPN”) has claimed amounts as being due from a number of operators, including VGC, in respect of the relocation of network infrastructure owned by KPN and other operators; KPN was required to carry out such relocation pursuant to an arbitral direction. The amount claimed from VGC is approximately €217,000 (approximately US$ 286,000). VGC has denied any liability to pay such sum.
As previously noted, any adverse decision in all or any of the ongoing proceedings summarised above regarding ROW charges in France could render the operation of all or part of the Company’s network in France uneconomical and, in the event of any inability on the part of the Company to maintain the ROW and/or any requirement to make payment of any of the currently withheld ROW fees in connection with the VNF proceedings, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position and on its ability to operate the European Network. Subject to this, the Company does not believe that any adverse outcome from litigation would have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations. The Company is not aware of any other material litigation against it. The Company does, however, have various other legal proceedings pending against it or its subsidiaries which, if adversely determined, would not have, in the Company’s view, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operation.
Dividend Policy
We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future.
Significant Changes
80
Other than as disclosed above or elsewhere in this Form 20-F, no significant change has occurred since the date of our most recent audited financial statements.
ITEM 9. THE OFFERING AND LISTING
Listing Details
The Predecessor
From October l996 until May 2, 2001, the Predecessor’s common stock was actively traded on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “VYTL”. On May 2, 2001, Nasdaq suspended trading of the Predecessor’s common stock, which was delisted in July 2001. Below is a chart showing the trading prices of the Predecessor’s common stock on the Nasdaq National Market. Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, the dissolution of the Predecessor occurred in the first half of 2004.
| | | | | | | | |
| | High | | Low |
Period | | (in USD) |
Fiscal 1998 | | | 23.50 | | | | 5.00 | |
Fiscal 1999 | | | 57.50 | | | | 17.00 | |
Fiscal 2000 | | | 75.38 | | | | 1.63 | |
First Quarter 2001 | | | 5.75 | | | | 0.56 | |
Second Quarter 2001 (1) | | | 0.86 | | | | 0.06 | |
Third Quarter 2001 (2) | | | 0.06 | | | | 0.03 | |
|
| | |
(1) | | On May 2, 2001, the Nasdaq National Market suspended trading of the common stock of the Predecessor. |
|
(2) | | In July 2001, the Nasdaq National Market delisted the common stock of the Predecessor. |
The Successor
The Successor’s common shares, US$0.01 par value per share, referred to throughout this Form 20-F as our “common shares”, are currently traded on the over-the-counter market under the symbol “VTLAF.PK”. Prior to December 2002, we were not aware of any trading in our common shares; a price at December 2002 was determined at US$0.51 per share. The following chart sets out the high and low sales price of our common shares since they commenced trading on the over-the-counter market.
| | | | | | | | |
| | High | | Low |
Period | | (in USD) |
To the year end December 31, 2003 | | | 8.00 | | | | 0.50 | |
First Quarter 2004 | | | 2.75 | | | | 0.75 | |
Second Quarter 2004 | | | 1.90 | | | | 0.90 | |
Third Quarter 2004 | | | 1.20 | | | | 0.60 | |
Fourth Quarter 2004 | | | 1.50 | | | | 0.60 | |
First Quarter 2005 | | | 0.96 | | | | 0.60 | |
Second Quarter 2005 | | | 0.75 | | | | 0.07 | |
|
81
| | | | | | | | |
| | High | | Low |
Period | | (in USD) |
Third Quarter 2005 | | | 0.07 | | | | 0.00 | |
Fourth Quarter 2005 | | | 0.04 | | | | 0.00 | |
First Quarter 2006 | | | 0.09 | | | | 0.00 | |
Second Quarter 2006 | | | 0.08 | | | | 0.00 | |
Third Quarter 2006 | | | 0.07 | | | | 0.00 | |
October 2006 | | | 0.05 | | | | 0.00 | |
November 2006 | | | 0.00 | | | | 0.00 | |
December 2006 | | | 0.06 | | | | 0.00 | |
January 2007 | | | 0.00 | | | | 0.00 | |
February 2007 | | | 0.00 | | | | 0.00 | |
March 2007 | | | 0.06 | | | | 0.01 | |
April 2007 | | | 0.01 | | | | 0.01 | |
May 2007 | | | 0.06 | | | | 0.00 | |
|
The issuance and distribution of the common shares other than the common shares issued or issuable under the Equity Incentive Plan were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. The common shares are, generally, freely transferable unless the common shareholder is deemed, by Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, to be an “underwriter” for purposes of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act with respect to such securities. If a common shareholder is deemed an underwriter, such securities may not be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration requirements is available.
Markets
Our common shares are currently traded on the over-the-counter market under the symbol “VTLAF.PK”.
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Description of Share Capital
At the April 2004 SGM the Company resolved, among other things, that: (1) the authorized share capital of the Company be increased to US$2,500,000 by the creation of an additional 150,000,000 common shares; and (2) one unissued common share of the Company be redesignated as the Special Share.
As a result, the authorized share capital of the Company is US$2,500,000 divided into 250,000,000 common shares of US$0.01 each (“common shares”). As of May 31, 2007, there were 10,630,000 fully paid common shares issued and outstanding. As of May 31, 2007 the Company had no outstanding options to purchase its common shares.
Historical Movement in the Authorized Share Capital of the Company
On incorporation, the Memorandum of Association of the Company provided that the authorized share capital of the Company was US$12,000 divided into 1,200,000 common shares. The entire share capital was fully subscribed and pursuant to a resolution of the provisional directors of the Company passed on March 27, 2002 was allotted to the sole Shareholder, the Predecessor, at a price of US$0.01 per share.
82
At the statutory meeting of the Company, being also the first annual general meeting of the Company, held on March 27, 2002, the Predecessor resolved that the authorized share capital of the Company be increased to US$1,000,000 by the creation of an additional 98,800,000 common shares.
Pursuant to a written resolution of the Board dated May 6, 2002, the Board issued 9,360,000 common shares to the Predecessor at a price of US$0.01 per share and reserved 1,440,000 shares for issuance under the terms of any share incentive plan that may be adopted by the Company in the future.
During a meeting of the Board held on June 6, 2002 the Board resolved to approve the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan. During such meeting the Board further resolved that on consummation of the Plan of Reorganization, that the Company issue options to purchase up to: (1) 240,000 common shares at an exercise price of US$0.01 per share to the then current directors of the Company (the “Directors’ Options”); (2) 504,000 shares at an exercise price of US$8.33 per share to the then current directors and senior management of the Company (together with the Directors’ Options, the “Officers’ Options”); and (3) 96,000 shares at an exercise price of US$8.33 per share to be granted to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries on the instruction of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. One third of the options referred to in (2) vested on the Effective Date, one third vested on June 7, 2003 and the final third vested on June 7, 2004.
170,000 of the Directors’ Options were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2003. As of May 31, 2007 all Officers Options had either been exercised or terminated.
Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws
We are an exempted company organized under the Bermuda Act.
The rights of our Shareholders are governed by Bermuda law, our Memorandum of Association and our Bye-Laws. The Bermuda Act differs in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders.
As a condition to the closing of the April 2004 Financing, and so as to give effect to various rights to be conferred on the Investors, certain amendments to the Bye-Laws were passed by resolutions of the Shareholders at the April 2004 SGM. Such rights conferred on the Investors relate in particular to the ability of the Investors to appoint new Directors and to approve/veto the taking of certain material actions by the Company. In order to give effect to these rights under Bermuda law the Special Share was issued to a trustee acting on behalf of the Investors (and their transferees). The Special Share was issued with such rights as are required to enable the Investors (and their transferees) to exercise the various Investor rights provided for under the April 2004 Financing documentation.
With respect to the taking of any material actions that will require the approval of the Investors, to the extent that any such actions may, under Bermuda law, require the approval of the Shareholders in general meeting, the Special Share has been granted weighted voting rights (nine votes for every one vote cast by other Shareholders) to ensure it can carry any relevant vote; to the
83
extent, therefore, that a vote of the Shareholders is required by Bermuda law, such actions are able to be taken with the consent alone of the holder of the Special Share.
Further reference is made below to these and other amendments adopted at the April 2004 SGM; this is not intended however to be a comprehensive summary of such adopted amendments. Full details of the Bye-Law amendments are set out in the documents accompanying the Company’s Notice of the April 2004 SGM (the “April 2004 SGM Notice”); see in particular the Chairman’s Letter and Part III of the April 2004 SGM Notice. The April 2004 SGM Notice and related materials were filed as exhibits to the Form 6-K of the Company dated March 10, 2004 (the “March 10 6-K”). Such exhibits to the March 10 6-K are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
The following is a summary of the material provisions of Bermuda law and our organizational documents as were in effect as of May 31, 2007.
Objects and Purposes
The Company’s objects are found in our Memorandum of Association. In summary, the objects for which the Company was formed and incorporated are:
| • | | to carry on the business of constructing, establishing, owning, providing operating and maintaining telecommunications networks in all parts of the world and to provide telecommunications services; |
|
| • | | to carry on business as a holding company and to acquire and hold shares, stocks, debenture stock, bonds, mortgages, obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by any entity; |
|
| • | | to acquire such shares and other securities by subscription, syndicate participation, tender, purchase, exchange or otherwise; |
|
| • | | to coordinate the administration, policies, management, supervision, control, research, planning, trading and any and all other activities of, and to act as financial advisers and consultants to, any companies which may or which may become a group company; |
|
| • | | to provide financing and financial investment, management and advisory services to any group company; and |
|
| • | | as set forth in paragraphs (b) to (n) and (p) to (u) inclusive of the Second Schedule to the Bermuda Act. |
Board Actions
Our Bye-Laws provide that, subject to the prior consent of the holder of the Special Share in certain circumstances, the Board can manage the business of the Company. Actions adopted by the Board must be approved by a majority of the vote of the Directors present and entitled to vote at a properly convened and quorate meeting of the Board.
84
A Director who has disclosed his interest in a transaction or arrangement with the Company, or in which the Company is otherwise interested, may be counted in the quorum and vote at any meeting at which such transaction or arrangement is considered by the Board.
Board Remuneration
Our Bye-Laws provide that the ordinary remuneration of the Directors who do not hold executive office shall be as is set out in the Bye-Laws or as is determined by resolution of the Directors. The Shareholders, at the third annual general meeting of the Company held on December 8, 2004, further authorized the Directors to determine and approve the remuneration of each Director.
Directors’ Borrowing Powers
Our Bye-Laws provide that, subject to the prior consent of the holder of the Special Share, the Board may exercise all of the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any other person.
Election or Removal of Directors
As noted in “Item 4. Information on the Company – Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Board Practices” under the Bye-Law amendments adopted at the April 2004 SGM, significant changes with respect to the mechanism for the appointment and removal of Directors were made. Effectively, the Investors have the power to appoint a majority of the Board at any time.
Our Bye-Laws provide that at the second annual general meeting of the Company all of the Directors shall retire from office, and at every subsequent annual general meeting one-half of the Directors who are subject to retirement by rotation or, if their number is not two or a multiple of two, the number nearest to but not more than one-half shall retire from office. The Directors to retire shall be those who have been longest in office since their last appointment or reappointment, but as between persons who became or were last reappointed Directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. Under the Bye-Law amendments adopted at the April 2004 SGM, provision is now made that, for so long as the Special Share is outstanding, the Bye-Law providing for retirement by rotation shall not be applicable. Bermuda law will apply to retirement of Directors which states Directors are appointed at each annual general meeting or in such other manner and for such term as may be provided in the Bye-Laws and serve until reappointed or until their successors are appointed, unless they are earlier removed or resign.
Except as permitted in our Bye-Laws, no person other than a Director retiring by rotation may be appointed a Director unless he is either: (1) recommended by our Board; or (2) recommended, appointed or elected by the holder of the Special Share; or (3) proposed by a Shareholder for appointment at a general meeting. In the latter case, the Shareholder must give the Company a duly executed notice of his intention to propose a person for appointment in the form more particularly
85
described in the Bye-Laws not less than five, nor more than twenty-five, clear days before the date appointed for the general meeting.
At any time the holder of the Special Share can increase the number of Directors constituting the Board up to thirteen. Only the holder of the Special Share can elect and appoint Directors (“Investor Designees”) to fill the vacancies created by an increase in the size of the Board made by it or to elect or to appoint any Director to replace or fill any vacancy created by such Investor Designee or any Investor-Appointed Director. Effectively, the Investors (and their transferees) have the right, at any time, to increase the size of the Board and to approve a number of Directors sufficient to cause a majority of the Board to be designees of the Investors (and their transferees).
Except in relation to a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of the Board carried out by the holder of the Special Share or a vacancy as a result of an Investor-Appointed Director,our Bye-Laws grant the Board power to appoint individuals to fill vacancies among its members as a result of the resignation or removal of a Director so long as there is a vacancy on the Board which was not created by the holder of the Special Share.
A Director (other than an Investor-Appointed Director) can be removed from office by a vote of the Shareholders at a general meeting called for such purpose. Any vacancy created by the removal of a Director at a general meeting may be filled at that meeting by the election or appointment of another Director in his or her place or, in the absence of any such election or appointment, by our Board. For so long as the Special Share is outstanding, the holder of the Special Share alone will be entitled to remove any Investor-Appointed Director(s), but will not be entitled to remove any non-Investor-Appointed Director(s).
Common Shares
As noted above, in connection with the April 2004 SGM, a Special Share was issued to a trustee acting on behalf of the Investors (and their transferees). The rights that are attached to the Special Share are set out in the April 2004 SGM Notice – see in particular Part III of the April 2004 SGM Notice and the Chairman’s Letter.
Subject to the weighted voting rights attached to the Special Share (nine votes for every one vote cast by other Shareholders), the holders of our common shares present in person or by proxy at a general meeting are entitled, on a vote by show of hands, to one vote each and, on a poll vote, to one vote per common share on all matters to be voted upon by the Shareholders. The holders of common shares are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available for such purposes at times and in amounts as our Board, with the prior consent of the holder of the Special Share only, may from time to time determine.
Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in our Memorandum of Association or Bye-Laws, which means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election. Our common shares are not entitled to pre-emptive rights and are not subject to conversion or redemption.
There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to our common shares.
86
Voting Rights
Under Bermuda law, except as otherwise provided in the Bermuda Act, or in a company’s bye-laws, questions brought before a general meeting of shareholders are decided by a simple majority of votes. Our Bye-Laws provide that, subject to the provisions of the Bermuda Act, and subject to the weighted voting rights attached to the Special Share (nine votes for every one vote cast by other Shareholders), any question proposed for the consideration of the Shareholders will be decided by a simple majority of the votes cast by each Shareholder present, and each person holding proxies for any Shareholder, entitled, on a show of hands, to one vote each and, on a poll vote, to one vote for each common share held by the Shareholder, except in certain exceptional cases where a greater majority vote is required by our Bye-Laws.
Dividends
Under Bermuda law, a company may pay dividends that are declared from time to time by its board of directors unless there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is or would, after the payment, be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or that the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts. Our Board is unable to declare dividends without the prior consent of the holder of the Special Share.
Rights in Liquidation
Under Bermuda law, in the event of liquidation or winding up of a company, after satisfaction in full of all claims of creditors and subject to the preferential rights accorded to any series of preference shares, the proceeds of the liquidation or winding up are distributed pro rata among the holders of common shares.
Transfer of Shares
Our Bye-Laws contain provisions relating to the transfer of shares in the Company and, separately, the transfer of the Special Share. These include a power given to the Board, in its absolute discretion and, without assigning any reason therefore, to decline to register any transfer of any share which is not a fully paid share.
Amendment of Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws
Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. Our Bye-Laws also provide that such resolution passed at a general meeting of Shareholders must include the vote of the holder of the Special Share (exercising its weighted voting rights). An amendment to the memorandum of association, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Bermuda Act, may also require the approval of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his or her discretion.
Our Bye-Laws may be amended by our Board if the amendment is approved by: (1) a vote of a majority of the votes cast by the Directors; and (2) our Shareholders by a resolution passed by the
87
majority of the votes cast at a general meeting, such resolution passed must include the vote of the holder of the Special Share (exercising its weighted voting rights).
Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued share capital or any class of issued share capital have the right to apply to the Bermuda Court for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Bermuda Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda Court. An application for the annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company’s memorandum is passed and may be made on behalf of the persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their number as they may appoint in writing for the purpose. No such application may be made by persons voting in favor of the amendment.
Meetings of Shareholders
Under Bermuda law, a company is required to convene at least one general shareholders’ meeting each calendar year or within three months of the end of a calendar year in which a general meeting has not been held. Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting (i.e. any general meeting convened that is not an annual general meeting) may be called by the board of directors and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting but the accidental omission to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting. Under Bermuda law, the number of shareholders constituting a quorum at any general meeting of shareholders is determined by the bye-laws of a company.
Under our Bye-Laws, we must give each Shareholder at least 21 days’ notice of the annual general meeting and at least 10 days’ notice of any special general meeting. Similarly, we must give each Shareholder not less then 21 days’ notice of any meeting adjourned through want of a quorum.
Our Bye-Laws provide that at least two Shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, representing the holder(s) of 20% or more of our issued shares (and subject to the presence of the holder of the Special Share (in person or proxy) in matters on which the Special Share would be controlling is proposed to be considered) constitutes a quorum, except in certain exceptional cases. To the extent permissible under Bermuda law, at a meeting called at which any matter on which the vote of the Special Share would be controlling is proposed to be considered, the presence of the holder of the Special Share (in person or proxy) shall constitute the necessary quorum.
Our Bye-Laws further provide that, except in exceptional circumstances, quorum for an adjourned meeting shall be two Shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote and representing the holders of 10% or more of the issued shares and, to the extent permissible under Bermuda law, at an adjourned meeting called at which any matter on which the vote of the Special Share would be controlling is proposed to be considered, the presence of the holder of the Special
88
Share (in person or proxy) shall be deemed to represent a holder of 10% or more of the issued shares.
The Chairman may invite any person to attend and to speak at a general meeting of the Company where he considers it will assist in the deliberations of the meeting, provided, however, each Shareholder, including the holder of the Special Share, shall be entitled to attend and speak at all general meetings of the Company.
Access to Books and Records and Dissemination of Information
Members of the general public have the right to inspect the public documents of a company available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These documents include a company’s certificate of incorporation, its memorandum of association, including its objects and powers, and any alteration to its memorandum of association. Shareholders have the additional right to inspect the bye-laws of the company, minutes of general meetings and the company’s audited financial statements, which must be presented at the annual general meeting. The register of shareholders of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders and by members of the general public without charge.
A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of Bermuda law, establish a branch register outside Bermuda. We maintain a share register in Hamilton, Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of its directors and officers which is open for inspection for not less than two hours each day by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records or documents.
Amalgamation
Under our Bye-Laws, a resolution proposed at a general meeting to approve the amalgamation of the Company with any other entity shall require the approval of a simple majority of the votes cast at the meeting, such votes cast must include the vote of the holder of the Special Share (exercising its weighted voting rights).
Continuation
Our Bye-Laws provide that, subject to Bermuda company law, a resolution proposed to approve the discontinuation of the Company in Bermuda and the continuation of the Company in a jurisdiction outside Bermuda shall require the affirmative vote of the simple majority of the votes cast at a general meeting.
Appraisal Rights and Shareholder Suits
Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation of a Bermuda company with another company, a shareholder who is not satisfied that fair value has been paid for the shares may apply to the Bermuda Court to appraise the fair value of the shares. Under Bermuda law and our Bye-Laws, our amalgamation with another company requires the amalgamation to be approved by our Board and, except where the amalgamation is between a holding company and one or more of its
89
wholly-owned subsidiaries or between two or more wholly owned subsidiaries, at a meeting of the Shareholders at which the holder of the Special Share must be present in person or proxy in order for such meeting to be quorate.
Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda Court, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong done to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or is illegal or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Further consideration would be given by the Bermuda Court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.
When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Bermuda Court for an order regulating the company’s conduct of affairs in the future or compelling the purchase of the shares of any shareholder, by other shareholders or by the company.
Material Contracts
On June 27, 2007 the Company entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) relating to each of the Senior Increasing Rate Notes by which it was agreed that the maturity date of each of the Senior Increasing Rate Notes be extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008. In consideration for such extension of the maturity date, it was further agreed that the interest rate applicable as at July 1, 2007 on each of the Senior Increasing Rate Notes be increased by 1% per annum with effect from July 1, 2007.
On April 3, 2007 the Company executed binding documentation in connection with the April 2007 Financing. The Amendment Nos. 5 Waiver and Consent to the 2005 Investment and Note Purchase Agreement and the form of the April 2007 Senior Notes related to the April 2007 Financing are filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F.
On December 21, 2006 the Company executed binding documentation in connection with the December 2006 Financing. The Amendment Nos. 4 Waiver and Consent to the 2005 Investment and Note Purchase Agreement and the form of the December 2006 Senior Notes related to the December 2006 Financing are filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F.
On June 21, 2006 the Company executed binding documentation in connection with the Global Voice Transaction. The Master Network Lease and Sale Agreement and the Network Operational Agreement related to the Global Voice Transaction were filed as exhibits to the May 23 6-K and are incorporated by reference herein.
On March 21, 2006 the Company executed binding documentation in connection with the sale of Cybernet. The Share Purchase Agreement related to the sale of Cybernet was filed as an exhibit to the 2005 20-F and is hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
On March 14, 2006 the Company executed binding documentation in connection with the March 2006 Financing. The Investment and Note Purchase Agreement and the form of the March 2006
90
Senior Notes related to the March 2006 Financing were filed as exhibits to the 2005 20-F and are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
On July 18, 2005 the Company executed binding documentation in connection with the EBT. The Instrument of Settlement, the EBT Contribution Covenant in relation to the Mrs. Woods Dependent Trust and the form of EBT Contribution Covenant in relation to the Stuart Blythe and Steve Best Dependent Trusts were filed as exhibits to the 2005 20-F and are hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
On June 23, 2005 the Company executed binding documentation in connection with the July 2005 Financing. The Investment and Note Purchase Agreement, the Letter Agreement and the form of the July 2005 Senior Notes related to the July 2005 Financing were filed as exhibits to the Form 20-F filed by the Company for the year end December 31, 2004 on June 30, 2005, and are incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
It was a condition of the April 2004 Financing that our Chief Executive Officer, Lucy Woods, enter into an employment agreement on terms satisfactory to the Investors. This employment agreement entered into between the Company and Mrs. Woods on April 21, 2004 was filed as an exhibit to the 2005 20-F and is hereby incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders
Certain provisions of our Bye-Laws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. Such provisions, including those providing for the possible issuance of preferred shares without shareholder approval, establishing a staggered board, and regulating the nomination of Directors and submission of matters for consideration at meetings of shareholders, may make it difficult for other persons, without the approval of our Board, to make a tender offer or otherwise acquire substantial amounts of common shares or to launch other takeover attempts that a shareholder might consider to be in such shareholder’s best interest.
We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes and are required to obtain the permission of the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the issue and free transferability of all of our shares. Approval or permissions received from the Bermuda Monetary Authority do not constitute a guarantee by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as to our performance or our creditworthiness. Accordingly, in giving those approvals or permissions, the Bermuda Monetary Authority will not be liable for our performance or default or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this Form 20-F.
The transfer of common shares is subject to the consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority and the issuance of additional common shares within the current authorized share capital may be effected subject to the consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority under the Exchange Control Act of 1972 and regulations thereunder. As we have been designated as non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, there are no exchange control restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (denominated in currencies other than Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to non-Bermuda residents who are holders of our common shares.
91
Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as required by law, or as otherwise contemplated by our constitution, in the case of a Shareholder acting in a special capacity, for example, as trustee, we are under no obligation to recognise a person as holding any share upon trust and the Company is not bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided in the Bye-Laws, or by law) any other right in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.
As an exempted company, we are not subject to restrictions on the percentage of share capital held by non-Bermudians. However, except with the express permission of the Bermuda legislature, we may not, as an exempted company, carry on certain activities including, but not limited to:
| • | | the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda, except that required for its business and held by way of lease or tenancy for terms of not more than 50 years or, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, that required to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its employees and held by way of lease or tenancy for terms of not more than 21 years; |
|
| • | | except as otherwise provided in the Bermuda Act, the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda; |
|
| • | | the acquisition of any bonds or debentures secured on any land in Bermuda except bonds or debentures issued by the Bermuda government or a public authority; or |
|
| • | | the carrying on of business of any kind in Bermuda other than with persons outside Bermuda, except in certain limited circumstances such as doing business with another exempted company in Bermuda in furtherance of our business carried on outside Bermuda. |
Taxation
In this section, we summarize some of the tax considerations relevant to the purchase of our common shares by an individual or entity, who or which holds our common shares as capital assets for purposes of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and who or which is:
| • | | for purposes of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, a citizen or resident of the United States; |
|
| • | | a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; |
|
| • | | an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
|
| • | | a trust which is subject to supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons. |
92
If a partnership or other entity taxable as a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partner should consult its tax advisors as to the tax consequences of the partnership owning and disposing of our common shares.
We refer to persons who satisfy these conditions and are beneficial owners of our common shares as “U.S. Holders”.
We assume, for purposes of this discussion, that you are a U.S. Holder. The U.S. Internal Revenue Code contains rules relating to securities held by special categories of U.S. Holders, including financial institutions, some insurance companies, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market, investors liable for the alternative minimum tax, investors that hold shares as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transactions, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar and investors who own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our outstanding shares, except as otherwise discussed. We do not discuss these rules and U.S. Holders who are in these special categories should consult their own tax advisors.
This discussion is based upon the current provisions of:
| • | | Bermuda law; |
|
| • | | the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and current and proposed regulations under the Internal Revenue Code; |
|
| • | | the administrative policies published by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or “IRS”; and |
|
| • | | judicial decisions; |
all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. The 1986 tax treaty between the UK Government, on behalf of Bermuda and the United States, which relates only to the taxation of insurance enterprises and mutual assistance in tax matters, will generally not affect the Bermuda tax and U.S. federal income tax considerations material to the purchase of our common shares.
We intend this discussion to be a general description of the Bermuda tax and U.S. federal income tax considerations material to the purchase of our common shares. We do not discuss U.S. state, local or other tax laws that may apply. Therefore, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of purchasing our common shares.
Bermuda Tax Considerations
As of the date of this Form 20-F, there is no Bermuda income, corporation or profits tax, dividend withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by us or our Shareholders, other than Shareholders ordinarily resident in Bermuda. We are not subject to stamp duty on the issue or transfer of our shares.
93
We have obtained an assurance from the Ministry of Finance granting an exemption, until March 28, 2016, from the imposition of tax under any applicable Bermuda law computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, provided that such exemption shall not prevent the application of any such tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda and shall not prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to land in Bermuda leased to us.
As an exempted company, we are liable to pay the Bermuda Government an annual registration fee calculated on a sliding scale based upon our authorized share capital and any premium paid on the issue of shares at a rate not exceeding Bermuda Dollars 29,220 per annum.
U.S. Tax Considerations
Taxation of Dividends Distributed on our Common Shares.
Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you, as a U.S. Holder, generally will include in income dividend distributions received from us, which we will pay in U.S. Dollars, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. tax principles. To the extent dividend distributions paid by us exceed our current or accumulated earnings and profits, they will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in the shares, and then as gain from the sale or exchange of shares.
Dividends paid by us will not be eligible for the reduced 15% rate of tax applicable to certain dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. taxpayers. If, however, our shares become readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, as determined for U.S. tax purposes, then dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. Holders should be eligible for the reduced 15% rate. Dividends paid by us generally will not be eligible for the “dividends-received” deduction otherwise generally allowed to corporate U.S. Holders on dividends received from other U.S. corporations.
If you are a U.S. Holder, dividends received by you with respect to common shares will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating your foreign tax credit limitation. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us in taxable years beginning from January 1, 2007, generally will constitute “passive income”, or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, “financial services income”. Dividends distributed by us in taxable years after December 31, 2006 will, depending on your circumstances, generally be “passive” or, in the case of certain U.S. holders, “general” income which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding foreign tax credits.
Taxation of Disposition of our Common Shares.
Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, if you sell our common shares, you generally will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the U.S. Dollar value of the amount realized on the sale and your adjusted tax basis, determined in U.S. Dollars, in the shares. Any gain or loss you recognize on the sale will be capital
94
gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the shares for more than one year. Long-term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Holder, recognized in taxable years prior to January 1, 2009, is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Status.
Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to U.S. Holders owning shares of a “passive foreign investment company”, which is commonly referred to as a “PFIC”. In general, a foreign corporation will be considered a PFIC for any taxable year in which either:
| • | | 75% or more of its gross income is “passive income,” which includes interest, dividends and certain rents and royalties not earned in the active conduct of a trade or business (the “Income Test”); or |
|
| • | | 50% or more of its assets, measured quarterly, generally by fair market value, produce, or are held for the production of, passive income (the “Asset Test”). |
Subject to certain exceptions, a U.S. shareholder who owns shares in a foreign corporation in a year in which the foreign corporation satisfies the Income Test or the Asset Test will be treated as owning shares in a PFIC for that year and all subsequent years in which the shareholder owns such shares, even if the foreign corporation does not satisfy either the Income Test or the Asset Test in any subsequent year.
For the taxable years ended December, 31, 2003, December 31, 2004, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, we do not believe we satisfied either the Income Test or the Asset Test. We did, however, satisfy the Asset Test for the taxable year ended December 31, 2002. However, because we believe we qualified for the “start-up year” exception (described below) with respect to the taxable year ended December 31, 2002, we will not be treated as a PFIC for that taxable year ending and, accordingly, the subsequent taxable years ended December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005. We believe that we qualified for the start-up year exception for the taxable year ending December 31, 2002 because:
| • | | the Predecessor corporation was not a PFIC; and |
|
| • | | we were not a PFIC for any of our 2003, 2004 or 2005 taxable years. |
Our determination that we are not a PFIC depends upon whether our gross income and holdings of passive assets remain at a level that will not cause us to become a PFIC. While we intend to so manage the level of our gross income and passive assets, it may not always be feasible for us to do so. In addition, since the nature of our income, assets and activities may change, we cannot be certain that we will not be classified as a PFIC for our taxable year ending December 31, 2007, or any subsequent year.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you are a U.S. Holder holding our common shares, you generally will be subject to special tax rules (regardless of whether we remain a PFIC) with respect to (1) any “excess distribution” made by us to you (generally any distribution received
95
by a U.S. Holder in a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the U.S. Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or the U.S. Holder’s holding period for our common shares, if shorter); and (2) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of our common shares.
Under these special rules: (1) the excess distribution or gain would be allocated rateably over your holding period for our common shares; (2) the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC (if any) would be treated as ordinary income; and (3) the amount allocated to each of the other years would be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for you for that year and an interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to such other years (the “Excess Distribution Rules”). The tax liability with respect to amounts allocated under (3) above cannot be offset by any net operating losses, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of our common shares will not be treated as capital gains, even if the shares are held as capital assets.
Provided a PFIC furnishes certain information to its U.S. shareholders, a U.S. Holder of shares of a PFIC may elect to treat its interest in the PFIC as a “qualifying electing fund”, in which case the U.S. Holder would take its pro rata share of the PFIC’s undistributed earnings and profits and net capital gains into gross income for the PFIC’s taxable year which ends with or within such U.S. Holder’s taxable year. However, if we are a PFIC we do not expect to furnish the information necessary to permit a U.S. Holder to make such an election.
In certain circumstances a U.S. Holder, in lieu of being subject to the Excess Distribution Rules, may make an election to include gain on the stock of a PFIC as ordinary income under a mark-to-market method provided that such stock is regularly traded on a qualified exchange. Under current law, the mark-to-market election would not be available to U.S. Holders because our common shares are not treated as regularly traded on certain qualified exchanges in the United States.
If a PFIC ceases to satisfy the Income Test and the Asset Test in a taxable year, a U.S. Holder may prospectively avoid application of the Excess Distribution Rules by electing to recognize builtin gain (but not loss) on the stock of the foreign corporation as of the last day of the taxable year for which the foreign corporation satisfied the Income Test or the Asset Test. The gain recognized from the deemed sale, however, would be subject to the Excess Distribution Rules. A U.S. Holder who elects the deemed sale treatment will increase its basis in the stock by the amount of the gain recognized on the deemed sale of such stock. Losses are not recognized on the deemed sale, and there is no adjustment to the U.S. Holder’s stock basis where there is a realized but unrecognized loss on the deemed sale. You should consult your own tax advisors as to whether you should elect the deemed sale treatment.
A U.S. Holder who beneficially owns shares in a PFIC must file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service on IRS Form 8621 that describes any distributions received with respect to the PFIC shares and any gain realized on the disposition of these shares.
You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences that would arise if we were treated as a PFIC.
96
Controlled Foreign Corporation
If U.S. persons who individually own at least 10% of our common shares (10% Shareholders”) own, in the aggregate, more than 50% (measured by voting power or value) of the stock of our common shares (directly, indirectly or by attribution), we will be a controlled foreign corporation (a “CFC”) for U.S. tax purposes. Morgan Stanley and Värde are deemed to beneficially own collectively greater than 50% of our common shares as a result of their direct ownership plus their ownership of 2004 Notes which are convertible into our common shares (See Item 7. “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners”). Accordingly, we will be characterized as a CFC and a portion of our undistributed income (“subpart F income”) may be subject to inclusion in the taxable income of each 10% Shareholder, and a portion of the gain recognized by such 10% Shareholder on the disposition of its common shares (which could otherwise qualify for capital gain treatment) may be converted into ordinary income. Since we will be treated as a controlled foreign corporation, a U.S. Holder that is a 10% Shareholder would be taxable on the subpart F income under rules described above and not under the PFIC rules previously described.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Any dividends paid by us on our common shares and payment of proceeds from the sale of our common shares generally will not be subject to U.S. information reporting or the 28% backup withholding tax unless they are paid in the United States or paid by a U.S. payor or a U.S. middleman. If you furnish the U.S. payor or middleman with a duly completed and signed IRS Form W-9, these dividends and payments will not be subject to backup withholding tax. You will be allowed a refund or a credit equal to any amounts withheld under the U.S. backup withholding rules against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided you furnish the required information to the IRS.
The above description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to the ownership of our common shares. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation.
Documents on Display
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the U.S. SEC. These materials, including this Form 20-F, and exhibits thereto are available to the public over the Internet at the Commission’s web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file at the Commission’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room and its copy charges.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Foreign Currency Exchange Risks
97
Viatel is an international company that at the end of December 2006 had operations in eight countries. Only two operations and the parent company have a functional currency of U.S. dollars. Having operations in foreign currencies exposes the Company to foreign currency exchange risks.
There are principally two types of foreign exchange risk, transaction and translation risks that may impact the results of operations and comprehensive income respectively. These are discussed more fully below.
Transaction risks
Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at either the exchange rate in effect at the end of the month in which the transaction occurs or in some cases the rate in effect at the date of the transaction. Differences in exchange rates during the period between the date a transaction denominated in a foreign currency is consummated and the date on which it is settled or translated, are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses”.
Our local operations transact business in their local currencies. They do not have significant assets, liabilities or other accounts denominated in currencies other than their local currency, and therefore are not subject to significant exchange rate risk with respect to their normal operations. Foreign currency exchange fluctuations currently have little or no impact on the price of our products and our competitiveness in various markets primarily for two reasons. First, other than for our cross border customers, our revenue streams are derived from the local operating subsidiaries. These subsidiaries transact with customers in the same country and the supporting agreements are generally denominated in the same local currency. Second, the local operating subsidiaries cost base is largely denominated in the local functional currency. The majority of underlying agreements with backbone and bandwidth suppliers, maintenance and property suppliers and salary costs, which comprise the majority of our expenses, are also denominated in the same currency as the local revenue stream.
The parent company’s foreign exchange transaction risk is primarily derived from the revaluation of current assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars. These are comprised principally of Euro cash balances held to meet the working capital requirements of the five local operating subsidiaries with a Euro functional currency and the inter-company balances denominated in the local operating subsidiaries’ functional currency (Pounds Sterling, Swiss Francs and Euros).
When required, the parent company funds the local operating subsidiaries in their functional currency supported with a corresponding intercompany receivable denominated in the local operating subsidiary’s functional currency. Thus, the parent company’s intercompany balances are held in the operating subsidiaries: local functional currency and consequently are revalued on a monthly basis. The resultant foreign exchange gain or loss is reflected in the income statement.
The parent company’s cash balances consist of Pounds Sterling, Euros and U.S. Dollars. The Euro bank account is revalued each month and the resultant gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses”.
98
The fluctuation in the exchange rates resulted in a foreign currency gain reflected in the consolidated statement of operations of US$5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, US$3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and US$1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Translation risks
The financial statements of the Company’s local operating subsidiaries with a functional currency other than U.S. Dollars are translated into U.S. Dollars using the current rate method. Accordingly, assets and liabilities are translated at period-end exchange rates while revenue and expenses are translated at the period’s average exchange rates. Exchange differences arising from the retranslation at period end exchange rates of the opening net investments and results for the period are charged or credited directly to the foreign currency translation adjustment in shareholders’ equity.
The fluctuation in the exchange rates resulted in a foreign currency translation loss reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity, of US$1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with a loss of US$9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and a gain of US$3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Exchange rates can vary significantly. The Euro high and low rates varied by approximately 12% in relation to the U.S. Dollar during the year ended December 31, 2006; in 2005, the variation was in the region of 16%. This variation affects the average exchange rates used to translate the income statements of our operating companies whose functional currency is not U.S. Dollars. At December 31, 2006, the Euro to U.S. Dollar exchange rate was approximately 12% above where it was at the beginning of the year; as at December 31, 2005, the corresponding figure was 8%. This variation affects the ending exchange rates used to translate amounts on the balance sheet of our operating companies whose functional currency is not U.S. Dollars. Future changes in the value of the Euro could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations. We also experienced fluctuations in other exchange rates.
Hedging against foreign exchange risks
We manage currency exchange rate exposure through the use of hedging transactions and natural hedging strategies through our treasury planning function, and it is anticipated that we will continue to do so.
The Company did not undertake any new hedging transactions in 2006 or 2005. During 2004 the Company entered into three hedging contracts. These contracts allowed for the conversion of US$6.0 million, US$6.0 million and US$10.0 million into Pounds Sterling at “Protected” rates of US$1.8045, US$1.7975 and US$1.7885 respectively for delivery on July 1, 2004, October 1, 2004 and January 5, 2005. These conversion rates were dependent upon the GBP to USD spot rates at the time of exercise being above these rates; if market rates had been lower, the actual conversion rates would have been split between the Protected rate, and market rates, based on the proportion of time during the contract period in which actual rates had been below the Protected rates.
We have exposure to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s financial instruments consisted of short-term investments and money market deposits. At December 31, 2006 and 2005 all of our
99
investments were due to mature within three months and the carrying value of such investments approximates fair value.
Sensitivity analysis
As mentioned above, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, we had Euro and Pound Sterling denominated balances held by group entities with a functional currency in U.S. Dollars. Therefore, this exposes the Company to foreign currency exchange rate risk in the Statement of Operations. At December 31, 2006, a 10 percent weakening of the U.S. Dollar against all other currencies in which the Group’s net losses are denominated would have resulted in an increased loss of US$2.6 million (2005 increase– US$3.4 million). A 10 percent strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against all other currencies in which the Group’s net losses are denominated would have resulted in a reduced loss of US$2.6 million (2005 decrease – US$3.4 million).
Interest Rates
In connection with the April 2004 Financing the Company issued 2004 Notes with a principal amount of US$52.3 million, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 8% per annum to be compounded and payable semi-annually by way of additional 2004 Notes or, at the Company’s option, in cash. The loan notes are convertible into common shares of the Company upon the occurrence of certain specified “liquidity events” such as a change of control or an initial public offering, or if not previously converted, after the ninth anniversary of issuance, or upon the request of the holders of a majority of the 2004 Notes; the conversion price is based upon a calculation of the total equity value of the Company to be calculated at the time of conversion by the Board (subject to approval of the majority of the noteholders), the lowest possible conversion price under the 2004 Notes (absent agreement as between the majority noteholders and the Company) being US$0.75 per common share. The 2004 Notes are also puttable at a price of 101% of the principal should a change of control of the Company be effected. Otherwise, the 2004 Notes are repayable at par on April 21, 2014.
Interest on the July 2005 Senior Notes (issued in connection with the July 2005 Financing) was initially 12% per annum, payable semi-annually on January and July of each year with the interest rate increasing by 0.5% per annum on each interest payment date, beginning January 15, 2006. For the first year of issue up until June 30, 2006, it was provided for interest to be paid on the July 2005 Senior Notes by way of the issuance of additional July 2005 Senior Notes and that, as from July 1, 2006, interest would be payable in cash only; by a series of waivers, the relevant Investors formally waived the event of default that would have arisen from any failure of the Company to make the July 1, 2006 interest payment in cash. Subsequently, and in connection with the December 2006 Financing, the relevant Investors agreed to amend the July 2005 Senior Notes allowing for the Company to continue to satisfy the payment of interest up until January 15, 2007 through the issuance of additional July 2005 Senior Notes; as previously noted, under the terms of the Amendment, the maturity date of the July 2005 Senior Notes has been extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008 in consideration for the interest rate applicable as of July 1, 2007 on each of the July 2005 Senior Notes being increased by 1% per annum with effect from July 1, 2007. The Amendment additionally provided for the Company to be able to satisfy future interest payments until July 1, 2008 through the issuance of additional July 2005 Senior Notes.
Interest on the March 2006 Senior Notes (issued in connection with the March 2006 Financing) was initially 12.5% per annum, payable semi-annually on January and July of each year with the interest rate increasing by 0.5% per annum on each interest payment date, beginning July 15, 2006. For the first year of issue up until June 30, 2006, it was provided for interest to be paid on the March 2006 Senior Notes by way of the issuance of additional March 2006 Senior Notes and that,
100
as from July 1, 2006, interest would be payable in cash only; by a series of waivers, the relevant Investors formally waived the event of default that would have arisen from any failure of the Company to make the July 1, 2006 interest payment in cash. Subsequently, and in connection with the December 2006 Financing, the relevant Investors agreed to amend the March 2006 Senior Notes allowing for the Company to continue to satisfy the payment of interest due up until January 15, 2007 through the issuance of additional March 2006 Senior Notes; as previously noted, under the terms of the Amendment, the maturity date of the July 2005 Senior Notes has been extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008 in consideration for the interest rate applicable as at July 1, 2007 on each of the March 2006 Senior Notes being increased by 1% per annum with effect from July 1, 2007. The Amendment additionally provided for the Company to be able to satisfy future interest payments until July 1, 2008 through the issuance of additional March 2006 Senior Notes.
Interest on the December 2006 Senior Notes (issued in connection with the December 2006 Financing) was initially 12.75% per annum, payable semi-annually on January 15, 2007 with the interest rate increasing by 0.5% per annum on such interest payment date until maturity. Up until January 15, 2007 the payment of interest was to be satisfied through the issuance of additional December 2006 Senior Notes; as previously noted, under the terms of the Amendment, the maturity date of the December 2006 Senior Notes has been extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008 in consideration for the interest rate applicable as at July 1, 2007 on each of the December 2006 Senior Notes being increased by 1% per annum with effect from July 1, 2007. The Amendment additionally provided for the Company to be able to satisfy future interest payments until July 1, 2008 through the issuance of additional December 2006 Senior Notes.
Interest on the April 2007 Senior Notes (issued in connection with the April 2007 Financing) was initially 12.75% per annum, payable on maturity; as previously noted, under the terms of the Amendment, the maturity date of the April 2007 Senior Notes has been extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008 (in consideration for the interest rate applicable as at July 1, 2007 on each of the April 2007 Senior Notes being increased by 1% per annum with effect from July 1, 2007) and interest on the April 2007 Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on July 15, 2007 and January 15, 2008 with the interest rate increasing by 0.5% per annum on each such interest payment date until maturity– the Amendment additionally provided for the Company to be able to satisfy future interest payments until July 1, 2008 through the issuance of additional April 2007 Senior Notes.
PART II
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
Not applicable.
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Chapter 11 Reorganization”.
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, the Predecessor’s common shares, preferred stock and warrants were cancelled and the holders of such securities did not receive any shares or other securities in the Company. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Chapter 11 Reorganization”.
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
101
Following implementation of certain provisions of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”), companies such as ours that have a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act generally must maintain disclosure controls and procedures. Each such company’s management must evaluate, with the participation of the principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures. In the case of a company that is, as we are, a “foreign private issuer” under the relevant Exchange Act rules, the evaluation must be made as of the end of each fiscal year. Each such company’s management must also evaluate, with the participation of its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, any change in its internal control over financial reporting that occurred during its fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.
For these purposes, under the relevant U.S. SEC rules the term “disclosure controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the U.S. SEC’s rules and forms. Under the rules, such disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable, rather than absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.
The term “internal control over financial reporting” is defined under the relevant U.S. SEC rules as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
| • | | pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; |
|
| • | | provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and |
|
| • | | provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. |
We have carried out the above-referenced evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2006, the end of the period covered by this Form 20-F. This evaluation has been carried out under the supervision of, and with the participation of, our senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer (our principal executive officer) and our Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial officer).
102
Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were not effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the U.S. SEC’s rules and forms. This conclusion was based principally on the material weakness in our the internal controls as identified by the Company and Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, and discussed below.
In connection with the annual audit of the financial statements of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2006, two significant deficiencies were identified in our accounting and internal control systems, the combination of which was deemed to constitute a material weakness in our financial reporting process. A material weakness is a significant deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. A significant deficiency is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects our ability to initiate, authorise, record, process or report external financial data reliably in accordance with U.S. GAAP such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected. The significant deficiencies identified at the Company related to: (1) insufficient expertise to address the complexities of U.S. GAAP; and (2) the Company’s consolidation process in light of the complexity of the Company’s accounting.
To assist us with the application of U.S. GAAP and U.S. SEC reporting requirements, we engaged an external adviser in 2006. However, this engagement proved not to be wholly effective due to the fact that such advice tended to be provided on a reactive basis to Company requests rather than being proactive. To overcome these deficiencies, we have agreed to institute regular meetings (at least quarterly) with our U.S. GAAP adviser to ensure that it has sufficient understanding of the Company and its operations so as to enable it to be more proactive in its advice to us.
Our consolidation process is fairly complex, partly as a result of the application of Fresh Start accounting and partly because of the unusual complexity of some of its transactions. We are continuing to evaluate and discuss ways in which we can better ensure the accuracy and transparency of adjustments made in the consolidation process.
We believe we have made significant progress to identify methods to remedy the material weakness and continue to work to implement the internal controls necessary for a publicly traded Company.
In order to ensure the effectiveness of our disclosure, controls and procedures:
103
| • | | we have engaged an external law firm to review on an ongoing basis various aspects of our Exchange Act disclosure procedures; |
|
| • | | we have established a Disclosure Committee operating under a written Disclosure Committee Charter approved by our Board. The Disclosure Committee Charter was adopted by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and ratified by our Board. The Charter enumerates the Committee’s responsibilities, including designing disclosure controls, monitoring their effectiveness and supervising the preparation of our disclosure documents. The current members of the Disclosure Committee are General Counsel Stuart Blythe, Chief Financial Officer Andrew Court, Legal Director Laura King and Financial Controller Toni Flore. However, following the departure from the Company of the previous Chief Financial Officer and acting Chief Financial Officer, Andrew Court was only appointed after the year-end. Members of the Disclosure Committee oversee the gathering of information in connection with the preparation of the reports that we file under the Exchange Act, including this Form 20-F, and work to ensure the accuracy and completeness of our disclosures in such reports; |
| • | | the members of our Disclosure Committee have been directly involved in the preparation and review of this Form 20-F; and |
|
| • | | further, our Board has approved and adopted a written Code of Ethics. See “Item 16B. Code of Ethics”. |
As of the date of this Form 20-F, we are still in the process of identifying, developing and implementing other measures to improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls, including plans to enhance our resources, systems and training with respect to our financial reporting and disclosure responsibilities, and to review our actions with our Audit Committee and our independent auditors.
Other than the appointment of the U.S. GAAP adviser, there were no significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors in the current year that could significantly affect our internal controls subsequent to the date of our evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures.
ITEM 16A: AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
The Board formally designated Dennis Belcher, a member of its Audit Committee, as the Audit Committee Financial Expert on November 1, 2006. Up until then, the Company continued to rely on the collective expertise of the current members of the Audit Committee.
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
In 2003, the Board adopted a written Code of Ethics. The principles set forth in our Code of Ethics are intended to promote the honest and ethical conduct of all our employees and compliance with all applicable rules and regulations that apply to us. This code has been filed as Exhibit 11 to the 2002 Form 20-F and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. It is available on the U.S. SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
104
Since the adoption of the Code of Ethics, there have been no amendments to any of its provisions.
During 2006, the Company did not grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from any provision of the Code of Ethics to the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions.
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
At the annual meeting of the Company held on December 6, 2006, our shareholders re-appointed Deloitte & Touche LLP, London, England, to serve as our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the 2007 fiscal year. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Board Practices – Committees of the Board of Directors”.
Aggregate fees billed and billable to the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 by the Company’s principal accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, the member firms of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, and their respective affiliates (collectively, “Deloitte”) were:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year ended December 31, | |
US$’000(1) | | 2006 | | | 2005 | | | 2004 | |
| | |
Audit Fees (2) | | | 504 | | | | 516 | | | | 321 | |
Audit-Related Fees (3) | | | — | | | | — | | | | 75 | |
| | |
Total audit and audit-related fees | | | 504 | | | | 516 | | | | 396 | |
Tax Fees (4) | | | 66 | | | | 78 | | | | 27 | |
| | |
Total Fees | | | 570 | | | | 594 | | | | 423 | |
| | |
| | |
(1) | | Predominantly all fees are billed in Pounds Sterling. The exchange rates used in preparing this table are GBP:US$ 1:1.96 for 2006, 1:1.73 for 2005 and 1:1.833 for 2004. |
|
(2) | | Consists of fees rendered for professional services for the audit of our annual financial statements and services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years. |
|
(3) | | Consists of fees for additional audit-related services. |
|
(4) | | Consists of fees for UK tax compliance services. |
Audit Committee’s pre-approval policies and procedures
Our Audit Committee nominates and engages our independent auditors to audit our financial statements. See also “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Board Practices – Committees of the Board of Directors”. In 2003, our Audit Committee also adopted a policy requiring management to obtain the Committee’s approval before engaging our independent auditors to provide any other audit or permitted non-audit services to us or our subsidiaries. Pursuant to this policy, which is designed to assure that such engagements do not impair the independence of our auditors, the Audit Committee pre-approves annually specific audit and non-
105
audit services in the categories Audit Service, Audit-Related Services, Tax Consulting Services, and Other Services that may be performed by our auditors, subject to any de minimis threshold of $25,000.
Our Chief Financial Officer reviews all individual management requests to engage our auditors as a service provider in accordance with this policy and, if the requested services are permitted pursuant to the policy, approves the request accordingly. We inform the Audit Committee about these approvals at the following Audit Committee meeting. Services that are not included in this pre-approval process require pre-approval by the Audit Committee’s chairman on a case-by-case basis. The chairman of our Audit Committee is not permitted to approve any engagement of our auditors if the services to be performed either fall into a category of services that are not permitted by applicable law or the services would be inconsistent with maintaining the auditors’ independence.
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
None.
PART III
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The registrant has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements are filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this Form 20-F.
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
| | | | |
Exhibit | | | | |
Number | | | | Description of Exhibit |
| | | | |
1.1 | | - | | Certificate of Incorporation of Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited. (Previously filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002 dated March 22, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein.) |
106
| | | | |
Exhibit | | | | |
Number | | | | Description of Exhibit |
| | | | |
1.2 | | - | | Memorandum of Association of Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited. (Previously filed as Exhibit 1.2 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002 dated March 22, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein.) |
| | | | |
1.3 | | - | | Amendment to Memorandum of Association of Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited. (Previously filed as Exhibit 1.3 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002 dated March 22, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein.) |
| | | | |
1.4 | | - | | Bye-laws of Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited effective from April 21, 2004. (Amending and reinstating those Bye-Laws previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form 6-K dated February 5, 2004.) |
| | | | |
2.1 | | - | | Form of Registration Rights Agreement, among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto. (Previously filed as Exhibit 2 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002 dated March 22, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein.) |
| | | | |
2.2 | | - | | Registration Rights Agreement, among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto. (Previously filed as Exhibit 2 to the Company’s Form 6-K dated April 28, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein.) |
| | | | |
4.1 | | - | | Investment and Note Purchase Agreement, among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto. (Previously filed as Exhibit 1 to the Company’s Form 6-K dated April 28, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.2 | | - | | Shareholders’ Agreement, among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto. (Previously filed as Exhibit 3 to the Company’s Form 6-K dated April 28, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.3 | | - | | Form of Note, due 2014. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Form 6-K dated April 28, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.4 | | - | | Investment and Note Purchase Agreement among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto dated June 23, 2005. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.5 | | - | | Letter Agreement among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto dated June 23, 2005. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
107
| | | | |
Exhibit | | | | |
Number | | | | Description of Exhibit |
| | | | |
4.6 | | - | | Form of Note, due 2007 in relation to the July 2005 Financing. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.7 | | - | | Employment Agreement between Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the Chief Executive Officer, dated April 21, 2004. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.8 | | - | | Amendment No. 3, waiver and consent relating to the Investment and Note Purchase Agreement dated 23 June 2005 among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto dated March 14, 2006. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.9 | | - | | Form of Note, due 2007 in relation to the March 2006 Financing. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.10 | | - | | Share Purchase Agreement among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto dated October 20, 2005. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.11 | | - | | Master Network Sale and Lease Agreement among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto dated June 15, 2006. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.14 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.12 | | - | | Network Operational Agreement among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other party thereto dated June 15, 2006. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.15 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.13 | | - | | Instrument of Settlement in relation to the EBT among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other party thereto dated July 18, 2005. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.16 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.14 | | - | | EBT Contribution Covenant in relation to the Lucy Woods Dependent Trust dated July 19, 2005. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.17 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
108
| | | | |
Exhibit | | | | |
Number | | | | Description of Exhibit |
| | | | |
4.15 | | - | | Form of EBT Contribution Covenant in relation to the Stuart Blythe and Steve Best Dependent Trusts. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.18 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein). |
| | | | |
4.16 | | - | | Amendment No. 4, Waiver and Consent relating to the Investment and Note Purchase Agreement dated June 23, 2005 among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto dated December 21, 2006. |
| | | | |
4.17 | | - | | Form of Note, due 2007 in relation to the December 2006 Financing. |
| | | | |
4.18 | | - | | Amendment No. 5, Waiver and Consent relating to the Investment and Note Purchase Agreement dated June 23, 2005 among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the other parties thereto dated April 3, 2007. |
| | | | |
4.19 | | - | | Form of Note, due 2007 in relation to the April 2007 Financing. |
| | | | |
4.20 | | - | | Amendment to the Senior Increasing Rate Notes among Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and the holders of the Senior Increasing Rate Notes dated June 27, 2007. |
| | | | |
8 | | - | | List of subsidiaries of Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited. |
| | | | |
11 | | - | | Code of Ethics. (Previously filed as Exhibit 11 to the Company’s Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002 dated March 22, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein.) |
| | | | |
12.1 | | - | | Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
| | | | |
12.2 | | - | | Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
| | | | |
13 | | - | | Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
| | | | |
15.1 | | - | | Amended Disclosure Statement with Respect to the First Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Viatel, Inc. and Certain of its Subsidiaries (Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated January 22, 2002 and incorporated by reference herein.) |
109
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
| | | | | | |
| | Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited | | |
| | | | | | |
| | By: | | /s/ Lucy Woods Lucy Woods Chief Executive Officer | | |
Date: June 29, 2007
110
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
| | | | |
| | Page | |
| | | F-2 | |
| | | F-3 | |
| | | F-5 | |
| | | F-6 | |
| | | F-7 | |
| | | F-8 | |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited
Hamilton, Bermuda
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited, a Bermudan Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the Company’s consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and the consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s recurring losses from operations and its difficulty in generating sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations and sustain its operations raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans concerning these matters are described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
London, England
June 29, 2007
F-2
VIATEL HOLDING (BERMUDA) LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(United States Dollars, in thousands, unless specifically stated)
| | | | | | | | |
| | December | | | December | |
| | 31, 2006 | | | 31, 2005 | |
| | |
ASSETS | | | | | | | | |
Current assets: | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | | 17,679 | | | | — | |
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful debts of $451, 2005 – $644) | | | 3,766 | | | | 1,905 | |
Amounts receivable from bankruptcy estates within one year | | | — | | | | 1,565 | |
VAT receivable | | | 3,373 | | | | 2,775 | |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | | | 12,402 | | | | 6,535 | |
Assets held for sale | | | — | | | | 5,524 | |
| | |
Total current assets | | | 37,220 | | | | 18,304 | |
Non-current assets: | | | | | | | | |
Property and equipment, net | | | 41,605 | | | | 30,522 | |
Deferred financing costs | | | 6,784 | | | | 7,583 | |
| | |
Total assets | | | 85,609 | | | | 56,409 | |
| | | | | | | | |
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | | | | | | | | |
Current liabilities: | | | | | | | | |
Bank overdraft | | | — | | | | 4,436 | |
Accounts payable | | | 18,862 | | | | 13,201 | |
Accrued expenses | | | 8,818 | | | | 4,384 | |
Accrued interest | | | 4,293 | | | | 3,109 | |
Deferred revenue | | | 7,171 | | | | 1,062 | |
Other current liabilities | | | 5,948 | | | | 2,503 | |
Liabilities held for sale | | | — | | | | 5,572 | |
| | |
Total current liabilities | | | 45,092 | | | | 34,267 | |
| | | | | | | | |
Long–term liabilities: | | | | | | | | |
Loan notes | | | 88,946 | | | | 58,074 | |
Deferred revenue | | | 27,693 | | | | — | |
| | |
Total long–term liabilities | | | 116,639 | | | | 58,074 | |
| | | | | | | | |
| | |
Total liabilities | | | 161,731 | | | | 92,341 | |
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11) | | | | | | | | |
Shareholders’ deficit: | | | | | | | | |
Common stock, $0.01 par value: 2006 – 250,000,000 shares authorized; 10,630,000 shares issued and outstanding, 2005 – 250,000,000 shares authorized; 10,630,000 shares issued and outstanding | | | 106 | | | | 106 | |
Additional paid–in capital | | | 117,625 | | | | 117,625 | |
Accumulated other comprehensive income | | | 7,602 | | | | 8,933 | |
F-3
| | | | | | | | |
| | (United States dollars, in | |
| | thousands, unless specifically stated) | |
| | December | | | December | |
| | 31,2006 | | | 31,2005 | |
| | |
Accumulated deficit | | | (201,455 | ) | | | (162,596 | ) |
| | |
Total shareholders’ deficit | | | (76,122 | ) | | | (35,932 | ) |
| | |
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit | | | 85,609 | | | | 56,409 | |
| | |
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
VIATEL HOLDING (BERMUDA) LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(United States Dollars, in thousands, unless specifically stated)
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | | | Year Ended | | | Year Ended | |
| | December 31, | | | December 31, | | | December 31, | |
| | 2006 | | | 2005 | | | 2004 | |
| | |
Revenue: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Communication services revenues | | | 31,621 | | | | 18,595 | | | | 12,147 | |
Operations and maintenance fee revenue | | | 1,846 | | | | 1,964 | | | | 1,828 | |
| | |
Total revenue | | | 33,467 | | | | 20,559 | | | | 13,975 | |
Operating expenses: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cost of services sold (exclusive of depreciation shown below) | | | (17,037 | ) | | | (12,691 | ) | | | (7,247 | ) |
Selling, general and administrative | | | (49,017 | ) | | | (56,346 | ) | | | (65,244 | ) |
Gain on amounts due from bankruptcy estates | | | 4,216 | | | | — | | | | 3,105 | |
Impairment | | | — | | | | (242 | ) | | | — | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | (8,070 | ) | | | (6,538 | ) | | | (7,036 | ) |
| | |
Total operating expenses (net) | | | (69,908 | ) | | | (75,817 | ) | | | (76,422 | ) |
Other operating income | | | 93 | | | | 362 | | | | 17,780 | |
| | |
Operating loss | | | (36,348 | ) | | | (54,896 | ) | | | (44,667 | ) |
Other income / (expense): | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest and other income | | | 430 | | | | 260 | | | | 774 | |
Interest expense | | | (13,118 | ) | | | (8,199 | ) | | | (4,395 | ) |
| | |
Net loss from continuing operations before taxation | | | (49,036 | ) | | | (62,835 | ) | | | (48,288 | ) |
Taxation | | | (510 | ) | | | (666 | ) | | | 241 | |
| | |
Net loss from continuing operations | | | (49,546 | ) | | | (63,501 | ) | | | (48,047 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Discontinued operations: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Income from discontinued operations (including profit of $10,622 in 2006 on disposal of Cybernet) | | | 10,698 | | | | 129 | | | | 869 | |
Taxation | | | (11 | ) | | | (6 | ) | | | (1 | ) |
| | |
Net income from discontinued operations | | | 10,687 | | | | 123 | | | | 868 | |
Net loss | | | (38,859 | ) | | | (63,378 | ) | | | (47,179 | ) |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | | | (1,331 | ) | | | (9,526 | ) | | | 3,545 | |
| | |
Comprehensive loss | | | (40,190 | ) | | | (72,904 | ) | | | (43,634 | ) |
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted | | | 10,630 | | | | 10,630 | | | | 10,680 | |
Net loss per common share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted — continuing operations | | | (4.66 | ) | | | (5.97 | ) | | | (4.50 | ) |
Net income per common share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted — discontinued operations | | | 1.01 | | | | 0.01 | | | | 0.08 | |
| | |
Total | | | (3.65 | ) | | | (5.96 | ) | | | (4.42 | ) |
| | |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
VIATEL HOLDING (BERMUDA) LIMITEDAND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(United States Dollars, in thousands, except “number of shares of common stock”)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Number of | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Foreign | | | | |
| | Shares of | | | | | | Additional | | Deferred | | Currency | | | | |
| | Common | | Common | | Paid–In | | Stock | | Translation | | Accumulated | | |
| | Stock | | Stock | | Capital | | Compensation | | Adjustment | | Deficit | | Total |
| | |
Balance at January 1, 2004 | | | 10,730,000 | | | | 107 | | | | 98,494 | | | | (13 | ) | | | 14,914 | | | | (52,039 | ) | | | 61,463 | |
Shares cancelled | | | (100,000 | ) | | | (1 | ) | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | (1 | ) |
Stock options forfeited | | | — | | | | — | | | | (61 | ) | | | 13 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | (48 | ) |
Beneficial conversion feature | | | — | | | | — | | | | 17,612 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | 17,612 | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | 3,545 | | | | — | | | | 3,545 | |
Net loss | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | (47,179 | ) | | | (47,179 | ) |
| | |
Balance at December 31, 2004 | | | 10,630,000 | | | | 106 | | | | 116,045 | | | | — | | | | 18,459 | | | | (99,218 | ) | | | 35,392 | |
Beneficial conversion feature | | | — | | | | — | | | | 1,580 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | 1,580 | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | (9,526 | ) | | | — | | | | (9,526 | ) |
Net loss | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | (63,378 | ) | | | (63,378 | ) |
| | |
Balance at December 31, 2005 | | | 10,630,000 | | | | 106 | | | | 117,625 | | | | — | | | | 8,933 | | | | (162,596 | ) | | | (35,932 | ) |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | (1,331 | ) | | | — | | | | (1,331 | ) |
Net loss | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | (38,859 | ) | | | (38,859 | ) |
Balance at December31, 2006 | | | 10,630,000 | | | | 106 | | | | 117,625 | | | | — | | | | 7,602 | | | | (201,455 | ) | | | (76,122 | ) |
| | |
F-6
VIATEL HOLDING (BERMUDA) LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASHFLOWS
(United States Dollars, in thousands, unless specifically stated)
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | | Year Ended | | Year Ended |
| | December 31, | | December 31, | | December 31, |
| | 2006 | | 2005 | | 2004 |
| | |
Cash flows from operating activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss | | | (38,859 | ) | | | (63,378 | ) | | | (47,179 | ) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | 8,261 | | | | 7,989 | | | | 9,140 | |
Loss on disposal of property and equipment | | | 3,579 | | | | 79 | | | | 344 | |
Interest expense on long-term debt | | | 8,256 | | | | 5,603 | | | | 2,930 | |
Amortization of deferred financing costs | | | 1,632 | | | | 969 | | | | 461 | |
Amortization of loan note discount | | | 1,604 | | | | 1,540 | | | | 1,003 | |
Deferred income tax liability | | | — | | | | 55 | | | | (257 | ) |
Stock-based compensation | | | — | | | | — | | | | (48 | ) |
Profit on sale of Cybernet | | | (10,622 | ) | | | — | | | | — | |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Decrease/(increase) in accounts and notes receivable | | | 119 | | | | (718 | ) | | | 859 | |
Increase in accrued interest expense on loan Notes | | | 1,184 | | | | 1,154 | | | | 1,955 | |
Decrease/ (increase) in amounts receivable from exchange contracts | | | — | | | | 10,552 | | | | (10,552 | ) |
(Increase) / decrease in prepaid expenses and other receivables | | | (4,356 | ) | | | 98 | | | | 374 | |
Decrease in amounts receivable from bankruptcy estates | | | 1,565 | | | | 3,755 | | | | 1,937 | |
Increase in deferred revenue | | | 27,693 | | | | — | | | | 96 | |
Decrease in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities | | | (7,606 | ) | | | (300 | ) | | | (9,401 | ) |
| | |
Net cash used in operating activities | | | (7,550 | ) | | | (32,602 | ) | | | (48,338 | ) |
Cash flows from investing activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Capital expenditures | | | (2,026 | ) | | | (4,707 | ) | | | (3,847 | ) |
Increase in restricted cash | | | (387 | ) | | | (10 | ) | | | (486 | ) |
Proceeds from disposal of Cybernet, net of costs and cash at disposal | | | 8,462 | | | | — | | | | — | |
| | |
Net cash used in investing activities | | | 6,049 | | | | (4,717 | ) | | | (4,333 | ) |
Cash flows from financing activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Proceeds from loan notes | | | 22,086 | | | | 16,000 | | | | 52,250 | |
Deferred financing costs associated with loan notes | | | (832 | ) | | | (923 | ) | | | (8,092 | ) |
(Repayment of) / proceeds from overdraft facility | | | (4,436 | ) | | | 4,436 | | | | — | |
| | |
Net cash provided by financing activities | | | 16,818 | | | | 19,513 | | | | 44,158 | |
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash | | | 953 | | | | (3,605 | ) | | | 955 | |
| | |
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | | | 16,270 | | | | (21,411 | ) | | | (7,558 | ) |
Cash and cash equivalents included in assets held for sale | | | 1,409 | | | | 881 | | | | 868 | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period | | | — | | | | 21,939 | | | | 29,510 | |
| | |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period | | | 17,679 | | | | — | | | | 21,939 | |
Cash and cash equivalents included in assets held for sale | | | — | | | | 1,409 | | | | 881 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activity | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest paid | | | 350 | | | | 13 | | | | 2 | |
Interest received | | | 215 | | | | 254 | | | | 775 | |
Taxes paid | | | 153 | | | | 128 | | | | — | |
Receipts from bankruptcy estates | | | 5,785 | | | | 3,081 | | | | 5,612 | |
Receipt from Global Voice transaction | | | 23,641 | | | | — | | | | — | |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-7
VIATEL HOLDING (BERMUDA) LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(United States Dollars, in thousands, unless specifically stated )
(1) Nature of Business and Basis of Presentation
Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited (“the Company”) operates a pan–European telecommunications network (the “European Network”) comprised of advanced fiber–optic cable systems and interfaces that are owned by, leased to, or otherwise available to the Company. The Company offers a variety of telecommunications products and services including IP transit, dark fiber, bandwidth, leased line services, managed hosting, co–location services, managed Internet Protocol VPN (“IPVPN”), Voice over IP (“VoIP”) and rights of use in capacity. References in these consolidated financial statements to “the Group”, “Viatel”, “we” or “us” refer to Viatel Holding (Bermuda) Limited and its subsidiaries.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company currently has limited financial resources available to support ongoing operations, fund its operating business plan and pay ongoing operational obligations as they become due.
In April 2007, the Company received additional financing from three of its investors, Morgan Stanley &Co. Incorporated (“Morgan Stanley”), Värde Partners, Inc. (“Värde”) and Stonehill Institutional Partners, Inc. (“Stonehill”) (the “April 2007 Financing”) in the amount of US$13.0 million in the following respective amounts: Morgan Stanley US$10.3 million; Värde US$2.5 million and Stonehill US$0.2 million. This was by way of the issuance of increasing rate senior secured loan notes on substantially the same terms as the increasing rate senior secured loan notes issued under each of the previous financings completed with the same three investors on July 1, 2005 (the “July 2005 Financing”), March 14, 2006 (the “March 2006 Financing”) and December 21, 2006 (the “December 2006 Financing”); all such increasing rate senior secured loan notes being together referred to as the “Senior Notes”.
As at June 27, 2007, the Company entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) relating to each of the Senior Notes by which it was agreed that the maturity date of each of the Senior Notes be extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008 and that the Company be able to satisfy future interest payments until July 1, 2008 by way of the issuance of additional Senior Notes. In consideration for such extension of the maturity date, it was further agreed that the interest rate applicable as at July 1, 2007 on each of the Senior Notes be increased by 1% per annum with effect from July 1, 2007.
On the basis of current cash flow expectations, the Company will, in the short term, require additional financing in order to fund its operations and the continued implementation of its business plan. It is anticipated that such financing will be provided through a combination of the issuance of additional senior secured loan notes (on substantially the same terms as the Senior Notes) to one or more of the current investors and, ultimately, a refinancing of our existing debt facilities (possibly including an early conversion of the US$52.3 million (plus interest) of 8% convertible senior secured notes due 2014 (the “2004 Notes”) issued under the initial debt financing the Company completed with a group of investors (the “Investors”) on April 21, 2004 (the “April 2004 Financing”), (although no proposal with respect to any such early conversion has been
F-8
made by or on behalf of the Investors), together with potential further investments in the Company’s business from third parties outside the existing group of Investors.
If the Company does not obtain additional funding and/or refinancing and/or third party investment, the Directors will be forced to reduce dramatically cash requirements or to raise cash, by discontinuing or disposing of existing development programmes or business operations, by selling assets or otherwise. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustment that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. If these measures were to be inadequate to cover the Company’s cash needs, the Company would likely become insolvent.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and are expressed in U.S. Dollars. The significant accounting policies are summarized as follows:
(a) Basis of Consolidation
The financial statements consolidate the Company and its majority–owned and controlled subsidiaries from their respective dates of acquisition. All acquisitions are accounted for by the purchase method, with the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired being recorded as goodwill. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
(b) Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingencies at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates include accounts receivable reserves, impairment charges, useful lives of fixed assets and valuation of embedded derivatives. Actual amounts and results could differ from those estimates.
(c) AICPA Practice Bulletin, “Confirmation Contingencies in Fresh Start Reporting”
Included in the balance sheet are amounts considered to be pre-confirmation contingencies in accordance with AICPA Practice Bulletin 11, “Accounting for Pre–Confirmation Contingencies in Fresh Start Reporting”. Subsequent revisions to the pre–confirmation contingencies are reported in the statement of operations. In our case pre–confirmation contingencies include amounts realized and to be realized from the claims made by the predecessor, Viatel, Inc. (“the Predecessor) in the bankruptcy proceedings of certain subsidiaries. Estimates are made at each balance sheet date of the certain recoveries and to the extent actual recoveries are in excess of those estimated we have recorded a gain through the statement of operations.
(d) Revenue and Cost of Services Sold
The Company derives its revenue from the sale of network connectivity, dark fiber, bandwidth and Internet-related services, specifically the sale of VoIP and other Internet value-added services, such as hosting, security and IPVPN. The revenues earned from these services comprise non-recurring revenues principally relating to delivery of equipment and installation thereof and recurring revenues for ongoing telecommunications connectivity and operating and maintenance services. The typical term of a contract for connectivity services is one year or more.
F-9
The Company applies the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 104, “Revenue Recognition”. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. The Company uses either a purchase order or a customer agreement as evidence of an arrangement.
Capacity contracts relate to specific assets and are accounted for as operating leases as legal title does not pass to the customer. Revenue is recognized over the shorter of the estimated life of the assets and the term of the lease. Where legal title does transfer, the transaction is recognized as a sale of assets.
Revenue from the delivery of equipment and installation thereof is recognized upon delivery of the equipment and completion of installation, which is deemed to be the date that the relevant service provision is deemed to commence. Revenues for Internet and network connectivity and operating and maintenance services are recognized as earned over the contractual term. When the Company’s services are bundled in a customer arrangement, the related fee is allocated to the multiple elements of the arrangement based on objective evidence of fair value.
When the customer arrangement dictates that payments are made prior to service delivery, the Company records the advance receipt of payment as a credit to the balance sheet within the deferred revenue account. When a customer pays a non-refundable fee in advance and subsequently cancels service before the end of the contract term, the Company recognizes the remaining deferred revenue as revenue within the statement of operations at the time the service is terminated.
(e) Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Such costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and amounted to US$252 for the year ended December 31, 2006, US$484 for the year ended December 31, 2005 and US$1,376 for the year ended December 31, 2004.
(f) Taxation
Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method. Deferred taxes are determined based on the difference between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the financial statements. A deferred tax liability or asset is recorded using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the period in which the deferred tax liability or asset is expected to be settled or realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period in which the change is enacted. Future tax benefits attributable to these differences, if any, are recognizable to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not. A valuation allowance is applied to deferred tax assets in order to reduce them to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
(g) Net Loss per Common Share
Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, no outstanding stock options have been included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be anti–dilutive.
(h) Property and Equipment
F-10
At December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 property and equipment included property and equipment acquired from the Predecessor, which is stated at fair value upon acquisition. All acquisitions of capital equipment thereafter, principally comprising telecommunications-related equipment, are stated at cost.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight–line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which are determined based on historical usage with consideration given to technological changes, trends in the industry and other economic factors that could impact the network architecture and asset utilization. Depreciation of equipment held under capital leases and of leasehold improvements is included in the consolidated statement of operations as “Depreciation and amortization”, and is calculated on a straight–line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the related lease term, whichever is shorter. The estimated useful lives of the other assets are as follows:
| | |
Communications systems and network infrastructure | | 5 to 18 years |
Furniture, office and computer equipment | | 2 to 5 years |
Land | | Not depreciated |
(i)Research and Development
The following table summarizes our research and development from the 2004 fiscal year through to December 31, 2006. During 2006, the Company continued its development activity in respect of VoIP product lines and underlying network and technical solutions.
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year ended | | Year ended | | Year ended |
| | December 31, 2006 | | December 31, 2005 | | December 31, 2004 |
| | |
Research and development | | | 876 | | | | 1,321 | | | | 1,093 | |
(j) Intangible Assets
Intangible assets purchased, including customer relationships, are capitalized at fair value and are amortized over their expected useful lives on a straight-line basis.
Negative goodwill arises where the sum of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the consideration for the acquired entity. Negative goodwill is allocated as a pro-rata reduction of the amounts that otherwise would have been assigned to all of the acquired assets except: (1) financial assets other than investments accounted for by the equity method, (2) assets to be disposed of by sale, (3) deferred tax assets, (4) prepaid assets relating to pension or other postretirement benefit plans, and (5) any other current assets.
The Company has no indefinite lived intangible assets or goodwill.
(k) Impairment of Long–lived Assets
The Company periodically reviews the carrying values of long–lived assets to determine whether there has been any impairment of these assets and the appropriateness of their remaining useful lives. Should events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable based on undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment loss measured by the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of long–lived assets would be recognized. Fair value is
F-11
generally determined based upon an estimate of the discounted future net cash flows to be generated by the assets.
Under the testing for impairment, estimates of future cash flows are used to test the recoverability of a long–lived asset, and are based on the existing service potential of the asset. These estimates exclude cash flows associated with future capital expenditures that would increase the service potential of the long–lived asset. There is an inherent uncertainty in estimating future cash flows which can have a material affect on the amount of any impairment.
(l) Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents include highly-liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.
(m) Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents are considered restricted when they are subject to contingent rights of a third party customer under bid, performance related and other bonds associated with contracts that the Company is not unilaterally able to revoke.
The Company had restricted cash as at December 31, 2006 of US$863 and US$496 within assets held for sale as at December 31, 2005.
(n) Amounts Receivable from Exchange Contracts
Amounts due under currency options straddling the year end are recorded as Amounts Receivable from Exchange Contracts.
(o) Loan Notes
In connection with the April 2004 Financing, the Company issued US$52.3 million of 2004 Notes. The 2004 Notes have an embedded put option and a beneficial conversion feature. The embedded put option is bifurcated and recorded at fair value along with the carrying value of the 2004 Notes. Changes in fair value of the put option are recorded in the statement of operations.
The beneficial conversion feature, representing the difference between the conversion price and the share price on the issuance date, is recorded within Additional Paid in Capital in Shareholders’ Equity. The corresponding discount on the 2004 Notes is being amortized using the effective interest method over their term.
Direct costs associated with the issuance of the 2004 Notes are recorded as deferred financing costs and amortized over their term.
In connection with the July 2005 Financing, the March 2006 Financing and the December 2006 Financing the Company issued US$16.0 million, US$8.8 million and US$13.0 million of Senior Notes, respectively. The Senior Notes have an embedded put option and an increasing rate interest feature. The total interest payable on the loan notes is being amortised using the effective interest rate method over their term. The embedded put option is bifurcated and recorded at fair value along with the carrying value of the Senior Notes. Changes in the fair value of the put option are recorded in the statement of operations.
(p) Foreign Currency Translation
F-12
The functional currency of each of the Company’s subsidiaries is the local currency of the country in which each subsidiary is located as this is the currency in which the subsidiary primarily generates and expends cash. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange at the date of each transaction.
Differences in exchange rates during the period between the date a transaction denominated in a foreign currency is recorded and the date on which it is either settled or translated at period–end exchange rates are recognized in the statement of operations. The foreign exchange gain recognized in the statement of operations and included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” amounted to US$2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, US$3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and US$1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
The financial statements of foreign subsidiaries are translated into United States Dollars using the current–rate method. Accordingly, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date and the statements of operations of overseas subsidiaries are translated into United States Dollars at average exchange rates for the year. Exchange differences arising from retranslation at period–end exchange rates of the opening net investments and results for the period are charged or credited directly to the foreign currency translation adjustment within accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ deficit.
(q) Financial Instruments, Derivatives and Concentration of Credit Risk
At December 31, 2006 the Company’s financial instruments included cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, the 2004 Notes and the Senior Notes. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of either the 2004 Notes or the Senior Notes as a quoted market price is not available.
As at December 31, 2006, the face value of the 2004 Notes was US$52.3 million and the face value of the 2004 Notes issued on July 15, 2004, January 15, 2005, July 15, 2005, January 15, 2006 and July 15, 2006 in lieu of interest was US$10.0 million. The 2004 Notes have a fixed interest rate of 8% which is payable semi-annually and mature on April 21, 2014.
As at December 31, 2006, the face value of the Senior Notes issued under the July 2005 Financing, March 2006 Financing and December 2006 Financing was US$37.8 million. These Senior Notes carry an interest rate of 13.0% (in relation to the Senior Notes issued under the July 2005 Financing), 13.0% (in relation to the Senior Notes issued under the March 2006 Financing) and 12.75% (in relation to the Senior Notes issued under the December 2006 Financing) payable semi annually, on January 15 and July 15 each year. Under the terms of the Amendment, the Senior Notes mature on July 1, 2008. The fair values, at December 31, 2006 and at December 31, 2005, of cash and cash equivalents, overdrafts, receivables, accounts payable and accrued interest approximated their carrying values because of the short–term nature of these instruments.
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of temporary cash investments and trade receivables. The Company restricts investment of temporary cash investments to financial institutions with high credit standing.
The Company’s derivative instruments at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 were valued at zero and the Company did not enter into any activities resulting in derivative instruments during the years then ended other than the embedded derivatives related to the put option on the loan notes.
�� The Company records all derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized in income unless specific hedge criteria are met. If the
F-13
derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized as a charge or credit to income. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive loss and are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations when the hedged item affects income and the cash flows are classified consistent with the underlying hedged item. For purchased foreign currency options, the entire change in fair value is included in the measurement of hedge effectiveness for cash flow hedges. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized as a charge or credit to income.
The Company designates and assigns derivatives as hedges of forecasted transactions, specific assets or specific liabilities. When hedged assets or liabilities are sold or extinguished or the forecasted transactions being hedged are no longer expected to occur, the Company recognizes the gain or loss on the designated hedging financial instruments.
The Company has a diverse customer base, but does have a concentration within the telecommunications industry. Current industry conditions have adversely affected other telecommunications providers, some of whom are customers of the Company. Such adverse effects could result in an inability to fulfil their obligations to the Company, including payment of amounts owed for services provided.
(r) Stock Option Plan
The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No.123R (revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment”, using the modified prospective method. No options have been granted since December 31, 2003 under the equity incentive plan adopted by the Company in June, 2002 (the “Equity Incentive Plan”) and all previously granted options had either exercised or been forfeited by December 31, 2004. In previous periods the Company applied APB Opinion 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related interpretations in accounting for the stock option plans that it operated and applied the disclosure only provision of SFAS 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”)
The table below shows the pro forma net income of the Company if SFAS No.123 had been adopted, calculated using the Black–Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions were applied in calculating the fair value of options awarded by the Predecessor during 2002 prior to June 7, 2002 (the “Effective Date”), being the effective date of the First Amended Joint Chapter11 Plan of Reorganisation of Viatel, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries (the “Plan of Reorganisation”): (1) a risk-free interest rate of 4.48%; (2) an expected life of the options of 5 years; (3) volatility of approximately 48.13%; and (4) an annual dividend yield of 0%.
| | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | | | Year Ended | |
| | December 31 | | | December 31 | |
| | 2005 | | | 2004 | |
Net loss as reported | | | (63,378 | ) | | | (47,179 | ) |
Add: non–cash stock–based compensation income, net of tax | | | — | | | | (48 | ) |
Less: SFAS 123 stock–based compensation charge, net of tax | | | — | | | | 69 | |
Pro forma net loss | | | (63,378 | ) | | | (47,158 | ) |
| | | | | | | | |
Pro–forma basic and diluted loss per share | | | (5.96 | ) | | | (4.42 | ) |
| | | | | | | | |
Basic and diluted net loss per common share, as reported | | | (5.96 | ) | | | (4.42 | ) |
F-14
(s) Segment Information
The Company reports segment information in accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”. The Company presents segment information externally the same way management uses financial data internally to make operating decisions and assess performance.
(t) Comprehensive Loss
The Company reports comprehensive loss in accordance with SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” (“SFAS No. 130”). SFAS No. 130 establishes guidelines for the reporting and display of comprehensive loss and its components in financial statements. Comprehensive loss includes charges and credits to equity that are not the result of transactions with Shareholders. Included in other comprehensive loss for the Company are foreign currency translation gains and losses.
(u) Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” (“SFAS No. 155”), which amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS No. 133”) and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 140”). SFAS No. 155 provides guidance to simplify the accounting for certain hybrid instruments by permitting fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative, as well as clarifying that beneficial interests in securitized financial assets are subject to SFAS No. 133. In addition, SFAS No. 155 eliminates a restriction on the passive derivative instruments that a qualifying special-purpose entity may hold under SFAS No. 140. SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired, issued or subject to a new basis occurring after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company believes that the adoption of this statement will not have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). The interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, disclosure and transition. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of FIN 48 will have on its financial position and results of operations. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No.157”) to provide a single definition of fair value, being a market-based measurement, and set out a fair value hierarchy. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after 15 November 2007. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on its financial position and results of operations.
In November 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached consensus on Issue No. 06-6, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Convertible Debt Instruments”
F-15
(“EITF 06-6”). EITF 06-6 concludes that the change in the fair value of an embedded conversion option resulting from an exchange of debt instruments or a modification in the terms of an existing debt instrument should not be included in the cash flow test used to determine whether the terms of the new debt instrument are substantially different from the terms of the original debt instrument under EITF Issue No. 96-19, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments” (“EITF 96-19”). A separate analysis must be performed if the cash flow test under EITF 96-19 does not result in a conclusion that a substantial modification or an exchange has occurred. This consensus supersedes the consensus in EITF Issue No. 05-7, “Accounting for Modifications to Conversion Options Embedded in Debt Instrument and Related Issues” and it applies to modifications or exchanges of debt instruments that occur in interim or annual reporting periods beginning after November 29, 2006. The adoption of EITF 06-6 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
In November 2006, the EITF reached consensus on Issue No. 06-7, “Issuer’s Accounting for a Previously Bifurcated Conversion option in a Convertible Debt Instrument When the Conversion Option No Longer Meets the Bifurcation Criteria in Statement 133” (“EITF 06-7”). EITF 06-7 concludes that an entity should reclassify to shareholder’s equity the carrying value of a previously bifurcated conversion option liability that no longer meets the bifurcation criteria in Statement 133. The debt discount recorded at issuance should continue to be amortised over the remaining term of the instrument. Upon conversion of an instrument in the scope of EITF 06-7, any remaining unamortized discount should be immediately recognized as interest expense. Upon extinguishment, a portion of the reacquisition price should be allocated to equity based on the fair value of the conversion option at the extinguishment date with the remaining amount being allocated to debt to determine the extinguishment gain or loss. This applies to all bifurcated conversion options in convertible debt instruments that no longer meet the bifurcation criteria in Statement 133 in periods beginning after December 15, 2006, regardless of when the debt instrument was issued. The adoption of EITF 06-7 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS No.159”) – including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. This Statement permits entities to choose to elect, at specified election dates, to measure eligible financial instruments at fair value. Unrealised gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected would be reported in net income at each subsequent reporting date, and upfront costs and fees related to those items would be recognized in net income as incurred and not deferred. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after 15 November 2007, although entities electing to adopt the statement early, which is permissible from 1 January 2007, may designate certain items retrospectively. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will have on its financial position and results of operations.
(3) Property and Equipment
Property and equipment from continued operations consists of the following as of December 31:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2006 | | | 2005 | |
Land and buildings | | | 564 | | | | 482 | |
Communications systems and network infrastructure | | | 68,049 | | | | 49,792 | |
Furniture, office and computer equipment | | | 2,505 | | | | 1,857 | |
| | |
| | | 71,118 | | | | 52,131 | |
Less accumulated depreciation | | | (29,513 | ) | | | (21,609 | ) |
| | |
Net book value | | | 41,605 | | | | 30,522 | |
| | |
F-16
Communications systems and network infrastructure includes Indefeasible Rights of Use (“IRUs”) for the network capacity. These IRUs are for substantially all of the economic life of the asset and were prepaid in full on initial acceptance. Accordingly, they have been treated as capital leases. To the extent these IRUs were entered into by the Predecessor, these capital leases were recorded at fair value in line with fresh start accounting upon emergence from Chapter 11.
Depreciation on property and equipment, and included in depreciation and amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, amounted to US$8,069 for the year ended December 31, 2006, US$6,538 for the year ended December 31, 2005 and US$6,061 for the year ended December 31, 2004.
(4) Intangible Assets
Intangible assets of continued operations consist of the following as of December 31:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2006 | | | 2005 | |
Customer Relationships | | | 2,209 | | | | 1,927 | |
Less accumulated amortization | | | (2,209 | ) | | | (1,927 | ) |
| | |
Net book value | | | — | | | | — | |
| | |
Amortization on intangible assets, and included in depreciation and amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, amounted to US$nil for the year ended December 31, 2006, US$180 for the year ended December 31, 2005 and US$975 for the year ended December 31, 2004.
(5) Deferred financing costs
Deferred financing costs consist of the following as of December 31:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2006 | | | 2005 | |
Financing costs | | | 9,848 | | | | 9,015 | |
Less accumulated amortization | | | (3,064 | ) | | | (1,432 | ) |
| | |
Net book value | | | 6,784 | | | | 7,583 | |
| | |
(6) Loan notes
The 2004 Notes have a ten year maturity, and are convertible, at the option of the holder, into the Company’s common shares upon the occurrence of certain specified “liquidity events”, such as a change of control or an initial public offering, or if not previously converted, after the ninth anniversary of issuance, or upon the request of the holders of a majority of the 2004 Notes. There are two embedded derivatives within the convertible loan note ‘host’ contract, a change of control put option and an equity conversion feature. The put option allows the loan note holder to put back the loan notes to the Company for cash equal to the value of 101% of the principal of the loan notes, should a change of control of the Company be effected. The equity conversion version
F-17
feature allows the loan note holder to convert the loan notes into equity, upon the occurrence of a specified “liquidity event”, at a conversion price linked to the equity value of the Company, which in turn is related to the share price of the Company.
The change of control put option is separately accounted for pursuant to SFAS No. 133. The fair value of the embedded derivative is deemed to be nil at each of the issuance date, April 21, 2004, and the balance sheet dates, December 31, 2006 and 2005 as the likelihood of the loan note holder exercising the put option, should a change of control occur, has been assessed by management as being remote.
The convertible feature within the 2004 Notes is not required to be separately accounted for pursuant to SFAS No. 133. The feature has therefore been accounted for in accordance with the EITF, Issue 98-5 “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratio” and Issue 00-27 “Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments”. These Issues require that an intrinsic value is assigned to the convertible feature at the date of the issuance of the loan notes, based on the difference between the conversion price and share price multiplied by the number of shares issued upon conversion.
The beneficial conversion feature embedded within these notes was valued at US$17.4 million, and this amount has been recorded at a discount against the principal value. This discount is then amortized over the term of the loan notes based on the effective yield method (the imputed interest on the notes is 4.13%) resulting in a reduction of the discount of US$4.1 million by December 31, 2006 as compared with US$2.5 million by December 31, 2005. On July 15, 2004, January 15, 2005, July 15, 2005, January 15, 2006 and July 15, 2006 interest accumulated to date on the principal value of the loan notes in the respective amounts of US$976, US$2.1 million, US$2.2 million, US$3.3 million and US$3.8 million respectively was converted into additional notes. These notes had a beneficial conversion feature of US$195, US$426, US$nil, US$nil and US$nil respectively on issuance, which had amortized by US$127 by December 31, 2006.
Interest on the 2004 Notes is 8% per annum, to be compounded and payable semi-annually by way of additional notes or, at the Company’s option, in cash.
Upon conversion of all or a large portion of the 2004 Notes, persons previously holding such convertible loan notes will hold a significant majority of our common shares, assuming that the Company has not issued shares other than on a conversion of the convertible loan notes. Both prior to and following conversion, and until such time as the Investors directly or indirectly together hold, on a fully diluted basis, 25% or less of the Company’s common shares, material corporate actions will effectively require the consent of the Investors or their transferees.
The 2004 Notes do not include any financial covenants but do contain covenants that significantly limit or prohibit the Company’s ability to, amongst other things, incur indebtedness, engage in certain transactions and change the Chief Executive Officer.
The holders of the 2004 Notes (and their transferees) effectively have the right, at any time, to increase the size of the Board and to approve a majority of the Board to be designees of the holders of the 2004 Notes.
In connection with the July 2005 Financing, the March 2006 Financing and the December 2006 Financing the Company issued Senior Notes with a principal value of US$16.0 million, US$8.8 million and US$13.0 million respectively.
Interest is payable on the Senior Notes at the rate of (1) 12% per annum from July 15, 2005 in relation to the July 2005 Financing, thereafter increasing by 0.5% per annum on each interest date
F-18
beginning January 15, 2006; (2) 12.5% per annum in relation to the March 2006 Financing, thereafter increasing by 0.5% per annum on each interest date beginning July 15, 2006; and (3) 12.75% per annum in relation to the December 2006 Financing, thereafter increasing by 0.5% per annum on each interest date beginning January 15, 2007. Redemption of the Senior Notes at the Company’s option is allowable at any time for 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest up to the date of redemption and a put option which allows the loan note holder to receive 101% of the principal of the loan note should there be a change in control of the Company.
The interest charge for the year has been accounted for, in accordance with the EITF, Issue 86-15, using the effective yield interest method over the term of the Senior Notes.
(7) The Global Voice Transaction
On June 21, 2006, the Company entered into a transaction with Global Voice Group Limited (“Global Voice”). Under the terms of the agreement Global Voice paid Viatel €18.5 million ($23.6 million) in cash and transferred legal title (where possible) to certain metropolitan network infrastructure comprising five fibre pairs in each of seven European cities (the “metrofibres”) to the Company.
In exchange, the Company granted to Global Voice an Indefeasible Right of Use (“IRU”) over certain elements of its European Network and transferred title to certain elements of its network in Germany to Global Voice. Under the IRU agreement, the Company has a put option and Global Voice has a call option over the applicable network assets with a strike price of €1. The options are exercisable on or after June 21, 2012. The Company also assigned the benefit of the revenues arising under certain specified wholesale customer contracts; by reference to May 2007 revenues, this currently represents an annual revenue stream of approximately €1.7 million (US$2.2 million approximately). The Company continues to provide the operational services required to support such customer contracts; Global Voice is, however, liable for the charges that the Company incurs in respect of the lease of third party circuits or other connectivity or equipment required in this regard.
On an ongoing basis, with effect from the first anniversary of the agreement, Global Voice pays 50% of the operating costs relating to the elements of the European Network under the IRU, subject to a cap based upon actual 2006 costs and that is indexed for inflation thereafter. This contribution is offset against the actual costs incurred within selling, general and administrative expenses and part of the €18.5 million ($23.6 million) cash consideration received upfront has been accounted for as the first year’s operating cost contribution. In addition, the Company pays a contribution to the operating costs of the metrofibres, capped at €70,000 (US$92) per annum.
The various elements of the agreement have been recorded at fair value in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006. The metrofibres transferred from Global Voice have been recognized on the Company’s balance sheet at their fair value of $23.1 million and are being depreciated over their estimated useful economic life. The contribution towards the operating costs payable to Global Voice for the metrofibres are charged to the income statement as incurred.
In relation to the benefits of the customer contracts assigned to Global Voice, in accordance with EITF 88-18 “Sales of Future Revenues”, the estimated present value of the revenues under those contracts is recorded as floating rate debt.
F-19
Non-cash investing activities arising from this agreement were an increase in fixed assets of $17.0 million.
(8) Other operating income
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had income of US$93 relating to the recharge of certain regulatory fees and sale of equipment to third parties. In the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company had income of US$362 relating to sales of spare equipment. In the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company had certain claims against Easynet Telecommunications Limited (“Easynet”) in which the Company alleged breach of contract under an Indefeasible Right of Use Agreement dated May 30, 2000 and certain related agreements (together, “the Agreements”). The claims were formally commenced in the High Court of Justice in England as of February 11, 2003 and proceeded to a full trial commencing on November 19, 2003. The Company has now accepted, as full and final settlement of its claims under the Agreements, payment by Easynet of £6.9 million (US$13.0 million approximately) which was paid in two equal instalments in March 2004 and September 2004, the second instalment having accrued interest at an annual rate of 4%. These settlement amounts, other than the interest income received, were recorded within other operating income during 2004. The settlement also served to dismiss certain related counterclaims brought by Easynet against the Company. As at December 31, 2003 and 2002 the Company had a liability for future performance obligations of US$4.6 million under the contract with Easynet. Under the terms of the settlement, the Company was relieved of this obligation and accordingly recognized the release of the liability in the statement of operations within in 2004 upon receipt of the final settlement payment.
9) Discontinued Operations
The Company made the decision during 2005 to sell its investment in Cybernet (Schweiz) AG (“Cybernet”) in order to realize funds that would enable it to support further the development of its UK business. The Company signed a share purchase agreement on October 20, 2005 with Swisscom Fixnet AG for the sale of Cybernet; the sale was conditional in particular upon both regulatory approval and the passing of a resolution of the Shareholders approving the transaction. Following satisfaction of all conditions, completion of the sale occurred on March 21, 2006.
The Balance Sheet for Cybernet included in the consolidation as at December 31, 2005 was as follows:
| | | | |
| | Year Ended | |
| | December 31 | |
| | 2005 | |
ASSETS | | | | |
Current assets: | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | | 1,409 | |
Restricted cash | | | 496 | |
Accounts receivable | | | 1,981 | |
VAT receivable | | | (68 | ) |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | | | 170 | |
| | | |
Total current assets | | | 3,988 | |
| | | | |
Property and equipment, net | | | 336 | |
Intangible assets, net | | | 1,200 | |
F-20
| | | | |
| | Year Ended | |
| | December 31 | |
| | 2005 | |
| | | |
Total assets | | | 5,524 | |
| | | |
| | | | |
LIABILITIES | | | | |
Current liabilities: | | | | |
Accounts payable | | | 1,231 | |
Accrued expenses | | | 1,477 | |
Deferred revenue | | | 2,854 | |
Other current liabilities | | | 10 | |
| | | |
Total current liabilities | | | 5,572 | |
| | | |
The Income Statement for Cybernet for the period ended March 21, 2006, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Period ended | | | Year ended | | | Year ended | |
| | March 21, | | | December 31, | | | December 31, | |
| | 2006 | | | 2005 | | | 2004 | |
Total revenue | | | 4,538 | | | | 18,266 | | | | 14,815 | |
Operating expenses: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cost of services sold | | | (3,044 | ) | | | (12,674 | ) | | | (9,291 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Selling, general and administrative | | | (1,276 | ) | | | (5,057 | ) | | | (2,552 | ) |
Depreciation and amortization | | | (192 | ) | | | (1,210 | ) | | | (2,104 | ) |
| | |
Total operating expenses (net) | | | (4,512 | ) | | | (18,941 | ) | | | (13,947 | ) |
Other operating income | | | 49 | | | | 802 | | | | — | |
| | |
Operating income | | | 75 | | | | 127 | | | | 868 | |
Other income | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest and other income | | | 1 | | | | 2 | | | | 1 | |
| | |
Net income before taxation | | | 76 | | | | 129 | | | | 869 | |
Taxation | | | (11 | ) | | | (6 | ) | | | (1 | ) |
| | |
Net income from discontinued operations | | | 65 | | | | 123 | | | | 868 | |
Profit on disposal | | | 10,622 | | | | — | | | | — | |
| | |
Net income from discontinued operations | | | 10,687 | | | | 123 | | | | 868 | |
| | |
(10) Taxation
The Company’s principal operations were undertaken in jurisdictions other than Bermuda for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
The Company is organized and tax resident in Bermuda. At the present time, no income, profit, capital or capital gains taxes are levied in Bermuda. In the event that such taxes are levied in the future, the Company and all its subsidiaries registered in Bermuda have received an undertaking from the Bermuda Government exempting them from all such taxes until March 28, 2016.
A reconciliation of the differences between income taxes computed at a statutory rate of 30% and the total provision for income taxes is as follows:
F-21
| | | | | | | | |
| | Year ended | | | Year ended | |
| | December 31, | | | December 31, | |
| | 2006 | | | 2005 | |
Loss before tax | | | (49,036 | ) | | | (62,835 | ) |
@30% | | | (14,711 | ) | | | (18,851 | ) |
| | | | | | | | |
Permanent differences | | | (1,421 | ) | | | 689 | |
Effect of overseas tax rates | | | 3,300 | | | | (25,970 | ) |
Effect of double taxation | | | — | | | | 125 | |
Prior year adjustment | | | 10,585 | | | | 40 | |
Valuation allowance movement | | | 2,757 | | | | 44,633 | |
| | | | | | | | |
Total tax charge — continuing operations | | | 510 | | | | 666 | |
Although the Company is organized in Bermuda, which is subject to zero percent income tax, the Company reconciles to the UK statutory rate of 30% because its principal operations are in the UK and it is therefore more meaningful to the users of the financial statements.
The majority of the Group’s tax losses arise within VTL –TP (Bermuda) Limited which is a Bermudian resident company that is tax resident in the UK where the statutory rate is 30%.
The statutory Bermuda tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 was zero (2005 – zero) and the statutory rates in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates range from 23% to 40.2% (2005 – 23% to 40.2%). The effective tax rate was 1% for the years ended December 31, 2006 (2005: -1%) mainly due to US State income taxes. No tax benefit has been recorded in respect of net tax losses arising in the period.
The significant reconciling items between pre-tax income at the statutory tax rate and the tax charge reflected in the income statement are the movement in the valuation allowance on the current-year losses and fixed asset temporary differences for which no benefit is being recorded, as described below.
The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets are as follows as of December 31, 2006 and 2005:
| | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, | | | December 31, | |
| | 2006 | | | 2005 | |
US net operating loss carryforwards | | | 1,747 | | | | 1,208 | |
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards | | | 162,060 | | | | 109,337 | |
Foreign property and equipment temporary differences | | | 117,455 | | | | 167,960 | |
| | |
Total gross deferred tax assets | | | 281,262 | | | | 280,505 | |
Less valuation allowance | | | (281,262 | ) | | | (280,505 | ) |
| | |
Net deferred tax assets | | | — | | | | — | |
| | |
The Company has reassessed its gross temporary differences during the year which had the net effect of increasing the gross deferred tax assets by US$2.8 million. However, this has had no effect on the statement of operations nor the balance sheet as a full valuation allowance has been placed against these assets.
The Company has unused net operating loss carryforwards of approximately US$540.2 million. Of this amount, US$5.0 million (2005 – US$5.0 million) represents US net operating losses expiring in 2007 through 2021. Other net operating losses have no expiration. Certain losses arising in foreign jurisdictions are expected to continue to be available to the Company, although their use may be subject to restrictions in the US and elsewhere.
F-22
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards were US$535.2 million as of December 31, 2006, US$212.2 million higher than as of December 31, 2005. This increase is attributed to an increase in losses in all foreign jurisdictions.
The Company has deferred tax assets as a result of the consolidated book value of the European Network being considerably less than its original cost and tax basis. Any realization of the asset would be dependent upon suitable profits being generated in the relevant territories. Due to the uncertainty surrounding the base profitability in the relevant territories, a full valuation has been placed against the asset.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in the respective tax jurisdiction during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning in making these assessments. Management believes that it is more likely than not that the tax benefit from the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, management has recorded a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets.
The unremitted earnings, if any, of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered by management to be indefinitely reinvested and accordingly no income taxes have been provided thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company could be subject to income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits, where applicable) and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign counties. Determination of the amount of unrecognized foreign deferred income tax liability is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.
(11) Commitments and Contingencies
(a) Leases and long-term contracts
At December 31, 2006, the Company was committed under non–cancellable operating leases for the rental of network locations, office space, motor vehicles and long-term contracts for standby maintenance. These leases expire at various times through to May 2029.
The Company’s future minimum operating lease and long-term contract payments are as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Network | | | Standby | | | | | | | Motor | | | | |
| | Locations | | | Maintenance | | | Office Space | | | Vehicles | | | Total | |
2007 | | | 4,845 | | | | 4,883 | | | | 959 | | | | 29 | | | | 10,716 | |
2008 | | | 3,222 | | | | 1,464 | | | | 816 | | | | — | | | | 5,502 | |
2009 | | | 2,945 | | | | 981 | | | | 814 | | | | — | | | | 4,740 | |
2010 | | | 2,579 | | | | 984 | | | | 814 | | | | — | | | | 4,377 | |
2011 | | | 2,002 | | | | 935 | | | | 814 | | | | — | | | | 3,751 | |
Thereafter | | | 15,353 | | | | 10,261 | | | | 407 | | | | — | | | | 26,021 | |
| | |
Total minimum payments | | | 30,946 | | | | 19,508 | | | | 4,624 | | | | 29 | | | | 55,107 | |
| | |
F-23
Total rent expense amounted to US$11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, US$11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, and US$12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
(b) Litigation
In September 2003, the Company’s French subsidiary Viatel Operations SA (“Viatel Operations”) filed a claim for approximately €7.7 million (approximately US$10.1 million) in the Tribunal of Lille, France, against Voies Navigables de France (“VNF”), the owner of certain French waterways by whom the Company is currently charged in excess of €2.0 million (approximately US$2.6 million) annually in respect of rights of way (“ROW”) charges. The claim principally asserts that the ROW charges are discriminatory and should conform more closely to the charges levied by the highway and road authorities in France. On the basis that this claim was filed by way of an “opposition procedure”, Viatel Operations is entitled to withhold payment of ongoing charges as they fall due. On this basis Viatel Operations has withheld payment of ROW charges for each of the years 2004 through to 2007, amounting in aggregate to approximately €8.2 million (approximately US$10.8 million) in respect of withheld charges. If Viatel Operations is unsuccessful in its claim, it will likely be required to pay all outstanding fees together with interest, the interest being estimated to amount to as much as approximately €150,000 (US$198 approximately). Viatel Operations has not accrued for interest charges or other costs (additional to the repayment of withheld fees) that could result from an adverse decision.
Similar claims in respect of ROW charges were commenced against each of: (1) Societe Anonyme de Gestion des Eaux de Paris (“SAGEP”); (2) Ville de Paris (“VDP”); and (3) Compagnie Nationale du Rhône (“CNR”). The amounts of the claims being, respectively, approximately €1.2 million (approximately US$1.6 million) against SAGEP; approximately €1.4 million (approximately US$1.8 million) against VDP; and approximately €1.2 million (approximately US$1.6 million) against CNR.
In relation to the proceedings against SAGEP, Viatel Operations had again withheld payment of the fees due, although it had accrued for these charges. In July 2005, SAGEP terminated the network agreement (the “SAGEP Network Agreement”) under which Viatel Operations was permitted to have its network installed on the SAGEP land. Viatel Operations applied for, and was granted, a suspension in relation to such termination pending a decision upon the merits of the case. In two judgements rendered on July 28, 2006, the Administrative Court of Paris: (1) rejected the claim of Viatel Operations as regards the fees; and (2) confirmed the termination of the SAGEP Network Agreement. Viatel Operations entered into a settlement agreement with SAGEP as of October 5, 2006, under which Viatel Operations agreed to pay all outstanding fees of approximately €540,000 (approximately US$713) and SAGEP withdrew its notice of termination of the SAGEP Network Agreement.
In relation to the action against CNR, in a judgement dated June 14, 2006, the Administrative Court of Lyon rejected the claims of Viatel Operations and ordered the company to pay to CNR the outstanding amounts due with respect to ROW charges that had been withheld (approximately €410,000 for 2004 (approximately US$541) and approximately €450,000 (approximately US$595) for 2005) plus interest. Viatel Operations lodged an appeal against this decision on August 25, 2006. The judgement of the Court of Appeal is not expected before 2008.
F-24
No decision has yet been rendered with respect to the legal proceedings against VDP; a final decision is now expected during 2007. All fees due to VDP have been paid in full such that no further monies would be payable were Viatel Operations to lose its claim for reimbursement.
It should be noted that the outcome of the legal claims with respect to the ROW charges may be substantially influenced by the implementation of a Government decree which, with effect from January 2006, imposed both a maximum fee level that the owners of the various waterways and sewers can charge with respect to the grant and use of ROW on the public domain and an obligation on the relevant landowners to justify their fees on objective grounds
Following the decree, in relation to the VNF claim, the court dealing with this matter appointed, with effect from January 2006, two experts to assess the level of fees that VNF can reasonably charge. It is anticipated that the report from the experts will be published at the beginning of 2008 with a final court decision to follow within a further nine months. The final outcome with respect to both proceedings cannot be predicted at this stage, although Viatel Operations has in the past received strong advice from counsel in support of its claims.
Viatel Operations has previously been engaged in a dispute which arose as a result of the early termination of a lease agreement dated September 29, 1999. The lessor had claimed payment of: (a) an early termination indemnity in the amount of €30,000 (approximately US$40); and (b) the cost of fit-out works which, according to the lessor, Viatel Operations was under an obligation to perform under the lease. When the dispute first arose, the lessor chose to quantify the amount of the fit out works as €856,000 (approximately US$1.1 million). Viatel Operations denied that it was under any obligation to carry out the fit-out works, the lease being permissive in this regard, not obligatory. In February 2005, the lessor issued proceedings requesting payment of the early indemnity, a provisional payment from Viatel Operations of €70,000 (approximately US$92) for reinstating the property and, finally, the appointment of an expert by the French court in order to assess the cost of reinstating the property on the basis of the schedule of fit-out works appended to the lease. However, the lessor sold the property in 2005 and indicated that it would then amend its claim to seek to recover the capital loss it had suffered when it sold the premises, the allegedly required works not having been carried out. No indication of the quantum of such capital loss was given. Accordingly, the lessor withdrew its original claim in September 2005. Despite the indication that an amended claim would be made, no proceedings have been initiated with the court; the period within which an amended claim would be permitted expires in September 2007. No accrual has been made in relation to any potential liability connected to this dispute.
Viatel Operations was also in dispute regarding a second lease termination – this time with respect to the termination of a lease agreement dated May 4, 2000 relating to premises in St. Denis, France. The lessor was claiming the termination to be both procedurally and substantively defective, and was consequentially claiming the balance of all payments due under the lease, amounting in aggregate to €12.7 million (approximately US$16.8 million). Viatel Operations received strong advice in support of its position and, in addition to its defence, also filed a counter-claim for an indemnity of €13.4 million (approximately US$17.7 million). Both the lessor and Viatel Operations agreed in October 2006 on a mediation process. On March 29, 2007, the parties agreed to the following: (1) both parties waive their respective claim with no payment being due by either party; and (2) each party bears its own costs incurred in relation to the proceedings. The withdrawal of the respective proceedings was confirmed by judicial order of May 24, 2007.
The Company’s UK subsidiary, VTL (UK) Limited (“VTL (UK)”), was previously in dispute with a company which had provided it with financial advice, in particular with respect to its
F-25
employee benefits programme. The financial advisor claimed in March, 2005 an unlawful termination of its engagement with VTL (UK) and indicated a potential related damages claim of over £100,000 (approximately US$196). VTL (UK) has been advised that it has strong grounds both to defend any such claim and to bring a counterclaim in respect of the breach by the financial advisor of various express and implied contractual terms relating to its former engagement. No formal demand has to date been received from the claimant and no accrual has been made in relation to any potential liability connected to the dispute.
The Company’s UK subsidiary, Viatel Holding (Europe) Limited (“Viatel Europe”), is a defendant to an action brought by two companies Cityhook Limited and Cityhook (Cornwall) Limited (together “Cityhook”), which are claiming damages as a result of an alleged infringement of E.C. and/or UK competition law.
The dispute arises from the activities of the trade association, the UK Cable Protection Committee (“UKCPC”). Cityhook alleges that the UKCPC and certain of its members engaged: (1) in a boycott of Cityhook technology for landing submarine telecommunications cables, contrary to the rules prohibiting agreements with an anti-competitive object or effect (Chapter I of the Competition Act 1998 and/or Article 81 EC) and/or the rules prohibiting an abuse of a dominant position (Chapter II of the Competition Act 1998 and/or Article 82 EC); (2) in a “vertical restraint” imposed on potential Cityhook customers to boycott any company in the sub-sea cable laying chain having any commercial dealings with Cityhook, contrary to Chapter II of the Competition Act 1998 and/or Article 82 EC; and (3) in the tort of deceit by concealment of the events allegedly constituting the boycott and vertical restraint referred to above.
Cityhook commenced its claim in the High Court in England on March 24, 2006. Viatel Europe is named as one of a total of 24 defendants and Cityhook claims that it participated in the boycott and the deceit (but not the vertical restraint). The other defendants consist of the UKCPC and its members. Viatel Europe was only incorporated after the last alleged act of anti-competitive activity and had no involvement with it. However, Viatel U.K. Limited (In Liquidation), a former subsidiary of the Predecessor which has now been dissolved, did participate in meetings of the UKCPC at the relevant time. One of the issues in the dispute is whether any liability potentially owed by Viatel U.K. Limited (In Liquidation) may have passed to Viatel Europe.
Cityhook is claiming “not less than £300,000” (approximately US$588) in damages. Such damages have not yet been particularised and it is not possible at this stage to estimate the potential liability of Viatel Europe.
Cityhook’s pursuit of its claim followed a decision by the Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”) to close for administrative reasons in June 2006 its own investigation into the alleged competition law infringements. Cityhook’s claim in the High Court was stayed pending appellate review by the Competition Appeal Tribunal (“CAT”) of that decision. On April 3, 2007, the CAT ruled that the appeal to it was inadmissible.
Cityhook has agreed in principle that that the proceedings against Viatel Europe and other defendants should continue to be stayed until determination of all of the following: (1) any appeal by Cityhook against the decision of the CAT referred to above; (2) separate proceedings which have been brought by Cityhook in the High Court for judicial review of the OFT’s decision to close
F-26
its investigation; and (3) any reference back to the OFT for further investigation.
No amounts have been accrued in respect of any of the claims brought by Cityhook.
Fibrelac, a company acting on its own behalf, and on behalf of other telecommunications operators including the Company’s Swiss subsidiary, Viaphone AG (‘’Viaphone’’), has filed claims against three Swiss Cantons in relation to the build of a telecommunications network. The principal basis of the claim is that, in return for allowing the build to proceed, the cantons of Bern, Basle and Aargau insisted that they be given a duct in such build, either for free or for a consideration lower than the market value, the claim being based on provisions of the Swiss Telecommunications Act including those dealing with the absence of compensation in case of access to public domain. The claims also seek to obtain a declaration of ownership of the ducts. Claims have been filed against all three cantons. Were the claims to be successful, Viaphone would be entitled, based on various agreements, on a pro rata basis (allocated pro rata by duct) to approximately CHF 10,000,000 (approximately US$8.0 million) together with interest at 5% per annum from late 2000. The cantonal courts of Bern and Basle have recently dismissed the claims in relation to their respective cantons and Fibrelac lodged an appeal against these decisions with the Swiss Supreme Court. The cantonal court of Aargau has decided, in agreement with Fibrelac, to stay the proceedings until the Swiss Supreme Court decides on the above appeals since the legal issues are very similar, if not identical. The Swiss Supreme Court is expected to issue its decision at the earliest in the third quarter of 2007. In the event that Fibrelac succeeds on the merits, the matter will be sent back to the cantonal courts for the determination of the quantum of Fibrelac’s claims. In such case, either a settlement would be reached with the cantons which would allow for the disputes to be expedited or the proceedings would continue for an additional period of about two years.
The Company’s Dutch subsidiary Viatel Global Communications B.V. (“VGC”) has on its own account re-located certain network infrastructure in connection with the reconstruction of the A-12 highway. VGC (and other like operators) claim that the Dutch State (the “State”) is liable to pay the relocation costs; the State denies any liability in this regard. The amount claimed by VGC to date is approximately €180,000 (approximately US$ 238). Apart from the civil proceedings, VGC and the other operators have requested theOnafhankelijke Post en Telecommunicatie Autoriteit (the “OPTA”), to issue its own decision regarding the relocation costs.
KPN Telecom B.V. (“KPN”) has claimed amounts as being due from a number of operators, including VGC, in respect of the relocation of network infrastructure owned by KPN and other operators; KPN was required to carry out such relocation pursuant to an arbitral direction. The amount claimed from VGC is approximately €217,000 (approximately US$ 286). VGC has denied any liability to pay such sum.
As previously noted, any adverse decision in all or any of the ongoing proceedings summarised above regarding ROW charges in France could render the operation of all or part of the Company’s network in France uneconomical and, in the event of any inability on the part of the Company to maintain the ROW and/or any requirement to make payment of any of the currently withheld ROW fees in connection with the VNF proceedings, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position and on its ability to operate the European Network. Subject to this, the Company does not believe that any adverse outcome from litigation would have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations. The Company is not aware of any other material litigation against
F-27
it. The Company does, however, have various other legal proceedings pending against it or its subsidiaries which, if adversely determined, would not have, in the Company’s view, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operation.
(c) Amounts due from Liquidators of bankruptcy estates
As a result of the Plan of Reorganization, the Company has claims against the bankruptcy estates of certain subsidiaries of Viatel, Inc. As at December 31, 2006, and December 31 2005, estimates were made as to the expected recoveries of US$nil and US$1.6 million respectively based upon all available information. Actual recoveries will vary depending upon the success of the liquidators in realizing the value.
(d) The Employee Benefit Trust(“EBT”)
Under the terms of the EBT, which was formally established in July 2005, contributions are to be made, in either cash or equity, with recommendations to the trustee that such contributions be allocated to sub-funds established for the benefit of these individuals (and their families); such contributions are at the discretion of the Board and are to be made in connection with specified “liquidity events” and/or by way of discretionary bonus awards. The value of the awards linked to the “liquidity events” could potentially, in aggregate, equal 5% of the equity value of the Company (as such term is defined in the EBT) where the equity value is at least $100 million and potentially up to 10% of the equity value, where the equity value is $350 million or more (with interpolated values in between $100 million and $350 million on a pro rata basis). No expense has been recognized as a liquidity event is not probable.
Existing awards under the EBT vested in tranches as between April 21, 2005 and April 21, 2007, in accordance with the relevant individual’s terms of employment and subject to the individual’s continued employment through each applicable vesting date.
During the course of 2006, discretionary bonuses totaling £300,000 (approximately US$555) were awarded in respect of three members of senior management. These bonuses were delivered in the form of contributions to the EBT, together with recommendations to the trustee as to how the value should be allocated within the EBT for the benefit of specified individuals and their families and dependents. In addition, the Remuneration Committee has recommended that further discretionary bonuses totaling £250,000 (approximately US$490) be awarded in respect of five members of senior management. Again, these bonuses are proposed to be delivered in the form of further contributions to the EBT, together with recommendations to the trustee as to how the value should be allocated within the EBT for the benefit of specified individuals and their families and dependents. Under the terms of the EBT, however, it is the responsibility of the trustees to determine such an allocation.
The trustees are in sole control of the EBT, hence the EBT has not been aggregated within the consolidated financial statements.
(12) Segment and Geographic Data
The Company’s sole operational activity relates to the provision of telecommunications services. The Company’s management uses financial data internally to make operating decisions and assess performance based upon its two principal activities of retail and wholesale services. Following the adoption of the Company’s business plan in August 2003, the Company has reported revenue data separately for these two activities, retail and wholesale. It has not been possible to allocate certain costs of sales, nor selling, general and administration costs between these activities.
F-28
The revenue generated by segment and geographic location of customers is as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year ended | | | Year ended | | | Year ended | |
| | December | | | December 31, | | | December 31, | |
| | 31, 2006 | | | 2005 | | | 2004 | |
Total Retail Business — United Kingdom | | | 25,207 | | | | 15,361 | | | | 9,600 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
United Kingdom | | | 1,874 | | | | 1,369 | | | | 960 | |
Switzerland | | | 440 | | | | 330 | | | | 373 | |
Western Europe | | | 4,605 | | | | 2,290 | | | | 2366 | |
North America | | | 1,341 | | | | 1,209 | | | | 676 | |
| | |
Total Wholesale Business | | | 8,260 | | | | 5,198 | | | | 4,375 | |
| | |
Total Revenue — Continued Operations | | | 33,467 | | | | 20,559 | | | | 13,975 | |
In the year ended December 31, 2006 revenue from customers located in the United Kingdom represented 80% (2005 – 81%, 2004 – 76%) of total revenue. No other country represented greater than 10% of total revenue.
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, no individual customer accounted for greater than 10% of revenues.
It is impractical to disclose the revenues for each product and service separately.
(13) Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year | | | Year | | | Year | |
| | Ended | | | Ended | | | Ended | |
| | December | | | December | | | December | |
| | 31, 2006 | | | 31, 2005 | | | 31, 2004 | |
Allowances for doubtful debts | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance at beginning of period | | | (644 | ) | | | (1,567 | ) | | | (1,648 | ) |
Additions charged to costs and expenses | | | (471 | ) | | | (3,219 | ) | | | (883 | ) |
Utilizations | | | 664 | | | | 4,142 | | | | 964 | |
| | |
Balance at end of period | | | (451 | ) | | | (644 | ) | | | (1,567 | ) |
| | |
(14) Authorized Share Capital
At a Special General Meeting held on April 6, 2004 the Company resolved, among other things, that: (1) the authorized share capital of the Company be increased to US$2.5 million by the creation of an additional 150,000,000 common shares; and (2) one common share of the Company be redesignated as a new special share (the “Special Share”). The Special Share was issued to a trustee acting on behalf of the Investors (and their transferees). The Special Share was issued with such rights as are required to enable the Investors (and their transferees) to exercise the various Investor rights provided for under the April 2004 financing documentation. The Special Share has been
F-29
granted weighted voting rights (nine votes for every one vote cast by other Shareholders) to ensure it can carry any relevant vote in a general meeting: to the extent that, therefore, a vote of the Shareholders is required by Bermuda law, such actions are able to be taken with the consent alone of the holder of the Special Share.
(15) Related Party Transactions
Morgan Stanley was considered to be a related party throughout 2006 by virtue of its significant shareholding in the issued share capital of the Company.
In connection with the April 2004 Financing, Morgan Stanley, Värde and our CEO Lucy Woods purchased 2004 Notes in the principal amounts of US$36.0 million, US$10.0 million and US$250 respectively. During 2006, additional 2004 Notes to the value of US$1.6 million, US$0.4 million and US$11 were issued to Morgan Stanley, Värde and Lucy Woods, respectively, in lieu of the interest accumulated to January 15, 2006 and additional 2004 Notes to the value of US$1.6 million, US$0.5 million and US$11 were issued to Morgan Stanley, Värde and Lucy Woods, respectively, in lieu of the interest accumulated to July 15, 2006.
In connection with the July 2005 Financing, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill purchased Senior Notes in the principal amounts of US$12.9 million, US$3.1 million and US$300, respectively. During 2006, additional Senior Notes to the value of US$800, US$200 and US$20 were issued to Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill, respectively, in lieu of the interest accumulated to January 15, 2006 and additional Senior Notes to the value of US$850, US$200 and US$10 were issued to Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill, respectively, in lieu of the interest accumulated to July 15, 2006.
In connection with the March 2006 Financing, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill purchased Senior Notes in the principal amounts of US$6.9 million, US$1.7 million and US$200, respectively. During 2006, additional Senior Notes to the value of US$290, US$70 and US$7 were issued to Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill, respectively, in lieu of the interest accumulated to July 15, 2006.
In connection with the December 2006 Financing, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill purchased Senior Notes in the principal amounts of US$10.3 million, US$2.5 million and US$200, respectively.
(16) Subsequent events
On April 3, 2007, Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill purchased Senior Notes in the principal amounts of US$10.3 million US$2.5 million and US$200 million, respectively. These Senior Notes were issued on substantially the same terms as the Senior Notes issued under each of the July 2005 Financing, the March 2006 Financing and the December 2006 Financing .
On June 27, 2007, the Company entered into the Amendment with each of Morgan Stanley, Värde and Stonehill by which it was agreed that the maturity date of each of the Senior Notes be extended from July 1, 2007 to July 1, 2008. In consideration for such extension of the maturity date, it was further agreed that the interest rate applicable as at July 1, 2007 on each of the Senior Notes be increased by 1% per annum with effect from July 1, 2007.
F-30